Mercurial > emacs
annotate src/gtkutil.c @ 109753:8646a04a2d97
* lisp/progmodes/octave-mod.el (octave-mode-map): Use comment-dwim.
(octave-mode): Set comment-add.
author | Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca> |
---|---|
date | Thu, 12 Aug 2010 12:46:44 +0200 |
parents | be18c3b67d66 |
children | c917fbc9b294 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
49323 | 1 /* Functions for creating and updating GTK widgets. |
106815 | 2 Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 |
79759 | 3 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
49323 | 4 |
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs. | |
6 | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
49323 | 8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
10 (at your option) any later version. |
49323 | 11 |
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | |
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
94963
8971ddf55736
Switch to recommended form of GPLv3 permissions notice.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
93427
diff
changeset
|
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */ |
49323 | 19 |
80608
83a48972e1ea
Include <config.h> instead of "config.h".
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
79759
diff
changeset
|
20 #include <config.h> |
49323 | 21 |
22 #ifdef USE_GTK | |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
23 #include <string.h> |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
24 #include <signal.h> |
49359
14cf50ecf91a
gtkutil.c: Must include stdio.h before termhooks.h
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49325
diff
changeset
|
25 #include <stdio.h> |
105669
68dd71358159
* alloc.c: Do not define struct catchtag.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105522
diff
changeset
|
26 #include <setjmp.h> |
49323 | 27 #include "lisp.h" |
28 #include "xterm.h" | |
29 #include "blockinput.h" | |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
30 #include "syssignal.h" |
49323 | 31 #include "window.h" |
32 #include "gtkutil.h" | |
33 #include "termhooks.h" | |
51408
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
34 #include "keyboard.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
35 #include "charset.h" |
8f1bed1dee3c
Include keyboard.h, charset.h, coding.h.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
51211
diff
changeset
|
36 #include "coding.h" |
49323 | 37 #include <gdk/gdkkeysyms.h> |
108082
38a6893c8b9e
* gtkutil.c: Include xsettings.h for Ftool_bar_get_system_style.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
108024
diff
changeset
|
38 #include "xsettings.h" |
49323 | 39 |
97059
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
40 #ifdef HAVE_XFT |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
41 #include <X11/Xft/Xft.h> |
984f2ac5a637
* lisp.h (init_weak_hash_tables, syms_of_font)
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
97056
diff
changeset
|
42 #endif |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
43 |
49323 | 44 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT(f) \ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
45 (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f)) |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
46 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
47 #define FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_WIDTH(f) \ |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
48 (FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
49 |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
50 /* Avoid "differ in sign" warnings */ |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
51 #define SSDATA(x) ((char *) SDATA (x)) |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
52 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
53 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_WIDGET_SET_HAS_WINDOW |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
54 #define gtk_widget_set_has_window(w, b) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
55 (gtk_fixed_set_has_window (GTK_FIXED (w), b)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
56 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
57 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_DIALOG_GET_ACTION_AREA |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
58 #define gtk_dialog_get_action_area(w) ((w)->action_area) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
59 #define gtk_dialog_get_content_area(w) ((w)->vbox) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
60 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
61 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_WIDGET_GET_SENSITIVE |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
62 #define gtk_widget_get_sensitive(w) (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (w)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
63 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
64 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_ADJUSTMENT_GET_PAGE_SIZE |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
65 #define gtk_adjustment_set_page_size(w, s) ((w)->page_size = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
66 #define gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment(w, s) ((w)->page_increment = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
67 #define gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment(w) ((w)->step_increment) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
68 #define gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment(w, s) ((w)->step_increment = (s)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
69 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
70 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION > 2 || GTK_MINOR_VERSION > 11 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
71 #define remove_submenu(w) gtk_menu_item_set_submenu ((w), NULL) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
72 #else |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
73 #define remove_submenu(w) gtk_menu_item_remove_submenu ((w)) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
74 #endif |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
75 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
76 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
77 /*********************************************************************** |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
78 Display handling functions |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
79 ***********************************************************************/ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
80 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
81 /* Keep track of the default display, or NULL if there is none. Emacs |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
82 may close all its displays. */ |
84621 | 83 |
84 static GdkDisplay *gdpy_def; | |
85 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
86 /* When the GTK widget W is to be created on a display for F that |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
87 is not the default display, set the display for W. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
88 W can be a GtkMenu or a GtkWindow widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
89 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
90 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
91 xg_set_screen (GtkWidget *w, FRAME_PTR f) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
92 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
93 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f) != GDK_DISPLAY ()) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
94 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
95 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
96 GdkScreen *gscreen = gdk_display_get_default_screen (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
97 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
98 if (GTK_IS_MENU (w)) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
99 gtk_menu_set_screen (GTK_MENU (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
100 else |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
101 gtk_window_set_screen (GTK_WINDOW (w), gscreen); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
102 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
103 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
104 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
105 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
106 /* Open a display named by DISPLAY_NAME. The display is returned in *DPY. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
107 *DPY is set to NULL if the display can't be opened. |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
108 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
109 Returns non-zero if display could be opened, zero if display could not |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
110 be opened, and less than zero if the GTK version doesn't support |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
111 multipe displays. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
112 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
113 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
114 xg_display_open (char *display_name, Display **dpy) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
115 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
116 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
117 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
118 gdpy = gdk_display_open (display_name); |
102705
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
119 if (!gdpy_def && gdpy) |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
120 { |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
121 gdpy_def = gdpy; |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
122 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
123 gdpy); |
36389825b3d8
gtkutil.c (xg_display_open): Assign a value to gdpy_def, check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102549
diff
changeset
|
124 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
125 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
126 *dpy = gdpy ? GDK_DISPLAY_XDISPLAY (gdpy) : NULL; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
127 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
128 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
129 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
130 /* Close display DPY. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
131 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
132 void |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
133 xg_display_close (Display *dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
134 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
135 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
136 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
137 /* If this is the default display, try to change it before closing. |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
138 If there is no other display to use, gdpy_def is set to NULL, and |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
139 the next call to xg_display_open resets the default display. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
140 if (gdk_display_get_default () == gdpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
141 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
142 struct x_display_info *dpyinfo; |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
143 GdkDisplay *gdpy_new = NULL; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
144 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
145 /* Find another display. */ |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
146 for (dpyinfo = x_display_list; dpyinfo; dpyinfo = dpyinfo->next) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
147 if (dpyinfo->display != dpy) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
148 { |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
149 gdpy_new = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpyinfo->display); |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
150 gdk_display_manager_set_default_display (gdk_display_manager_get (), |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
151 gdpy_new); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
152 break; |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
153 } |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
154 gdpy_def = gdpy_new; |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
155 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
156 |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
157 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION == 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION < 10 |
98555
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
158 /* GTK 2.2-2.8 has a bug that makes gdk_display_close crash (bug |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
159 http://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). This way we |
440d088b9a23
(xg_display_open): Reset default display if none exists.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98545
diff
changeset
|
160 can continue running, but there will be memory leaks. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
161 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (gdpy)); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
162 #else |
72778
ab6be05ddfb1
* gtkutil.c (xg_display_close): Always change default display if needed,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72637
diff
changeset
|
163 /* This seems to be fixed in GTK 2.10. */ |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
164 gdk_display_close (gdpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
165 #endif |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
166 } |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
167 |
49323 | 168 |
169 /*********************************************************************** | |
170 Utility functions | |
171 ***********************************************************************/ | |
172 /* The next two variables and functions are taken from lwlib. */ | |
173 static widget_value *widget_value_free_list; | |
174 static int malloc_cpt; | |
175 | |
176 /* Allocate a widget_value structure, either by taking one from the | |
177 widget_value_free_list or by malloc:ing a new one. | |
178 | |
179 Return a pointer to the allocated structure. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
180 |
49323 | 181 widget_value * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
182 malloc_widget_value (void) |
49323 | 183 { |
184 widget_value *wv; | |
185 if (widget_value_free_list) | |
186 { | |
187 wv = widget_value_free_list; | |
188 widget_value_free_list = wv->free_list; | |
189 wv->free_list = 0; | |
190 } | |
191 else | |
192 { | |
69025
5d9232b72d14
(malloc_widget_value): Use xmalloc.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68922
diff
changeset
|
193 wv = (widget_value *) xmalloc (sizeof (widget_value)); |
49323 | 194 malloc_cpt++; |
195 } | |
196 memset (wv, 0, sizeof (widget_value)); | |
197 return wv; | |
198 } | |
199 | |
200 /* This is analogous to free. It frees only what was allocated | |
201 by malloc_widget_value, and no substructures. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
202 |
49323 | 203 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
204 free_widget_value (widget_value *wv) |
49323 | 205 { |
206 if (wv->free_list) | |
207 abort (); | |
208 | |
209 if (malloc_cpt > 25) | |
210 { | |
211 /* When the number of already allocated cells is too big, | |
212 We free it. */ | |
100633
5395c014feb8
* buffer.c (init_buffer): Use realloc instead of xrealloc.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
100501
diff
changeset
|
213 xfree (wv); |
49323 | 214 malloc_cpt--; |
215 } | |
216 else | |
217 { | |
218 wv->free_list = widget_value_free_list; | |
219 widget_value_free_list = wv; | |
220 } | |
221 } | |
222 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
223 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
224 /* Create and return the cursor to be used for popup menus and |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
225 scroll bars on display DPY. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
226 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
227 GdkCursor * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
228 xg_create_default_cursor (Display *dpy) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
229 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
230 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
231 return gdk_cursor_new_for_display (gdpy, GDK_LEFT_PTR); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
232 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
233 |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
234 /* Apply GMASK to GPIX and return a GdkPixbuf with an alpha channel. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
235 |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
236 static GdkPixbuf * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
237 xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (GdkPixmap *gpix, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
238 GdkPixmap *gmask, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
239 GdkColormap *cmap) |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
240 { |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
241 int width, height; |
64936
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
242 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf, *tmp_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
243 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
244 gdk_drawable_get_size (gpix, &width, &height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
245 tmp_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, gpix, cmap, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
246 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
247 icon_buf = gdk_pixbuf_add_alpha (tmp_buf, FALSE, 0, 0, 0); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
248 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (tmp_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
249 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
250 if (gmask) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
251 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
252 GdkPixbuf *mask_buf = gdk_pixbuf_get_from_drawable (NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
253 gmask, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
254 NULL, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
255 0, 0, 0, 0, |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
256 width, height); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
257 guchar *pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
258 guchar *mask_pixels = gdk_pixbuf_get_pixels (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
259 int rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (icon_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
260 int mask_rowstride = gdk_pixbuf_get_rowstride (mask_buf); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
261 int y; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
262 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
263 for (y = 0; y < height; ++y) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
264 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
265 guchar *iconptr, *maskptr; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
266 int x; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
267 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
268 iconptr = pixels + y * rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
269 maskptr = mask_pixels + y * mask_rowstride; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
270 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
271 for (x = 0; x < width; ++x) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
272 { |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
273 /* In a bitmap, RGB is either 255/255/255 or 0/0/0. Checking |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
274 just R is sufficient. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
275 if (maskptr[0] == 0) |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
276 iconptr[3] = 0; /* 0, 1, 2 is R, G, B. 3 is alpha. */ |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
277 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
278 iconptr += rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
279 maskptr += mask_rowstride/width; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
280 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
281 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
282 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
283 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (mask_buf)); |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
284 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
285 |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
286 return icon_buf; |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
287 } |
d5e998f50c2d
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64783
diff
changeset
|
288 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
289 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
290 file_for_image (Lisp_Object image) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
291 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
292 Lisp_Object specified_file = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
293 Lisp_Object tail; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
294 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
295 for (tail = XCDR (image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
296 NILP (specified_file) && CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
297 tail = XCDR (XCDR (tail))) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
298 if (EQ (XCAR (tail), QCfile)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
299 specified_file = XCAR (XCDR (tail)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
300 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
301 return specified_file; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
302 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
303 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
304 /* For the image defined in IMG, make and return a GtkImage. For displays with |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
305 8 planes or less we must make a GdkPixbuf and apply the mask manually. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
306 Otherwise the highlightning and dimming the tool bar code in GTK does |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
307 will look bad. For display with more than 8 planes we just use the |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
308 pixmap and mask directly. For monochrome displays, GTK doesn't seem |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
309 able to use external pixmaps, it looks bad whatever we do. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
310 The image is defined on the display where frame F is. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
311 WIDGET is used to find the GdkColormap to use for the GdkPixbuf. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
312 If OLD_WIDGET is NULL, a new widget is constructed and returned. |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
313 If OLD_WIDGET is not NULL, that widget is modified. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
314 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
315 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
316 xg_get_image_for_pixmap (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
317 struct image *img, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
318 GtkWidget *widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
319 GtkImage *old_widget) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
320 { |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
321 GdkPixmap *gpix; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
322 GdkPixmap *gmask; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
323 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
324 GdkColormap *cmap; |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
325 GdkPixbuf *icon_buf; |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
326 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
327 /* If we have a file, let GTK do all the image handling. |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
328 This seems to be the only way to make insensitive and activated icons |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
329 look good in all cases. */ |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
330 Lisp_Object specified_file = file_for_image (img->spec); |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
331 Lisp_Object file; |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
332 |
69141
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
333 /* We already loaded the image once before calling this |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
334 function, so this only fails if the image file has been removed. |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
335 In that case, use the pixmap already loaded. */ |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
336 |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
337 if (STRINGP (specified_file) |
6b335e9ea577
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If x_find_image_file returns
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
69025
diff
changeset
|
338 && STRINGP (file = x_find_image_file (specified_file))) |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
339 { |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
340 if (! old_widget) |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
341 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_file (SSDATA (file))); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
342 else |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
343 gtk_image_set_from_file (old_widget, SSDATA (file)); |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
344 |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
345 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
346 } |
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
347 |
68027
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
348 /* No file, do the image handling ourselves. This will look very bad |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
349 on a monochrome display, and sometimes bad on all displays with |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
350 certain themes. */ |
606e8e24acfe
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): If the image is from a file,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67875
diff
changeset
|
351 |
56269
4f8b4f60e748
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Add workaround for monochrome displays
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56268
diff
changeset
|
352 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
353 gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->pixmap); |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
354 gmask = img->mask ? gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, img->mask) : 0; |
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
355 |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
356 /* This is a workaround to make icons look good on pseudo color |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
357 displays. Apparently GTK expects the images to have an alpha |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
358 channel. If they don't, insensitive and activated icons will |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
359 look bad. This workaround does not work on monochrome displays, |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
360 and is strictly not needed on true color/static color displays (i.e. |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
361 16 bits and higher). But we do it anyway so we get a pixbuf that is |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
362 not associated with the img->pixmap. The img->pixmap may be removed |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
363 by clearing the image cache and then the tool bar redraw fails, since |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
364 Gtk+ assumes the pixmap is always there. */ |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
365 cmap = gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
366 icon_buf = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, cmap); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
367 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
368 if (! old_widget) |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
369 old_widget = GTK_IMAGE (gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
370 else |
78809
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
371 gtk_image_set_from_pixbuf (old_widget, icon_buf); |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
372 |
c1d129148b98
(xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Always create a GdkPixbuf
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78787
diff
changeset
|
373 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (icon_buf)); |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
374 |
56268
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
375 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gpix)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
376 if (gmask) g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gmask)); |
9853134cd610
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): Call g_object_unref on
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
56112
diff
changeset
|
377 |
56112
e4cfda8330d5
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_image_for_pixmap): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
55342
diff
changeset
|
378 return GTK_WIDGET (old_widget); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
379 } |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
380 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
381 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
382 /* Set CURSOR on W and all widgets W contain. We must do like this |
49323 | 383 for scroll bars and menu because they create widgets internally, |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
384 and it is those widgets that are visible. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
385 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
386 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
387 xg_set_cursor (GtkWidget *w, GdkCursor *cursor) |
49323 | 388 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
389 GdkWindow *window = gtk_widget_get_window(w); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
390 GList *children = gdk_window_peek_children (window); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
391 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
392 gdk_window_set_cursor (window, cursor); |
49323 | 393 |
394 /* The scroll bar widget has more than one GDK window (had to look at | |
395 the source to figure this out), and there is no way to set cursor | |
396 on widgets in GTK. So we must set the cursor for all GDK windows. | |
397 Ditto for menus. */ | |
398 | |
399 for ( ; children; children = g_list_next (children)) | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
400 gdk_window_set_cursor (GDK_WINDOW (children->data), cursor); |
49323 | 401 } |
402 | |
403 /* Insert NODE into linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
404 |
49323 | 405 static void |
406 xg_list_insert (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
407 { | |
408 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
409 |
49323 | 410 if (list_start) list_start->prev = node; |
411 node->next = list_start; | |
412 node->prev = 0; | |
413 list->next = node; | |
414 } | |
415 | |
416 /* Remove NODE from linked LIST. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
417 |
49323 | 418 static void |
419 xg_list_remove (xg_list_node *list, xg_list_node *node) | |
420 { | |
421 xg_list_node *list_start = list->next; | |
422 if (node == list_start) | |
423 { | |
424 list->next = node->next; | |
425 if (list->next) list->next->prev = 0; | |
426 } | |
427 else | |
428 { | |
429 node->prev->next = node->next; | |
430 if (node->next) node->next->prev = node->prev; | |
431 } | |
432 } | |
433 | |
434 /* Allocate and return a utf8 version of STR. If STR is already | |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
435 utf8 or NULL, just return a copy of STR. |
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
436 A new string is allocated and the caller must free the result |
49323 | 437 with g_free. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
438 |
49323 | 439 static char * |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
440 get_utf8_string (const char *str) |
49323 | 441 { |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
442 char *utf8_str; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
443 |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
444 if (!str) return NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
445 |
49323 | 446 /* If not UTF-8, try current locale. */ |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
447 if (!g_utf8_validate (str, -1, NULL)) |
49323 | 448 utf8_str = g_locale_to_utf8 (str, -1, 0, 0, 0); |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
449 else |
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
450 return g_strdup (str); |
49323 | 451 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
452 if (!utf8_str) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
453 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
454 /* Probably some control characters in str. Escape them. */ |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
455 size_t nr_bad = 0; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
456 gsize bytes_read; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
457 gsize bytes_written; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
458 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)str; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
459 char *cp, *up; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
460 GError *error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
461 |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
462 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
463 &bytes_written, &error)) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
464 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
465 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
466 ++nr_bad; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
467 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
468 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
469 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
470 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
471 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
472 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
473 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
474 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
475 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
476 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
477 if (cp) g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
478 |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
479 up = utf8_str = xmalloc (strlen (str) + nr_bad * 4 + 1); |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
480 p = (unsigned char *)str; |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
481 |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
482 while (! (cp = g_locale_to_utf8 ((char *)p, -1, &bytes_read, |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
483 &bytes_written, &error)) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
484 && error->code == G_CONVERT_ERROR_ILLEGAL_SEQUENCE) |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
485 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
486 strncpy (up, (char *)p, bytes_written); |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
487 sprintf (up + bytes_written, "\\%03o", p[bytes_written]); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
488 up[bytes_written+4] = '\0'; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
489 up += bytes_written+4; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
490 p += bytes_written+1; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
491 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
492 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
493 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
494 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
495 if (cp) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
496 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
497 strcat (utf8_str, cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
498 g_free (cp); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
499 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
500 if (error) |
72928
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
501 { |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
502 g_error_free (error); |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
503 error = NULL; |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
504 } |
790e14d9baae
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Try harder to convert to UTF8. Gtk+
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72778
diff
changeset
|
505 } |
49323 | 506 return utf8_str; |
507 } | |
508 | |
109749
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
509 /* Check for special colors used in face spec for region face. |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
510 The colors are fetched from the Gtk+ theme. |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
511 Return 1 if color was found, 0 if not. */ |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
512 |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
513 int |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
514 xg_check_special_colors (struct frame *f, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
515 const char *color_name, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
516 XColor *color) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
517 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
518 int success_p = 0; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
519 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
520 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
521 if (strcmp ("gtk_selection_bg_color", color_name) == 0) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
522 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
523 GtkStyle *gsty = gtk_widget_get_style (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
524 color->red = gsty->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].red; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
525 color->green = gsty->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].green; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
526 color->blue = gsty->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].blue; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
527 color->pixel = gsty->bg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].pixel; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
528 success_p = 1; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
529 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
530 else if (strcmp ("gtk_selection_fg_color", color_name) == 0) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
531 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
532 GtkStyle *gsty = gtk_widget_get_style (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
533 color->red = gsty->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].red; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
534 color->green = gsty->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].green; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
535 color->blue = gsty->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].blue; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
536 color->pixel = gsty->fg[GTK_STATE_SELECTED].pixel; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
537 success_p = 1; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
538 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
539 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
540 |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
541 return success_p; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
542 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
543 |
49323 | 544 |
545 | |
546 /*********************************************************************** | |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
547 Tooltips |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
548 ***********************************************************************/ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
549 /* Gtk+ calls this callback when the parent of our tooltip dummy changes. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
550 We use that to pop down the tooltip. This happens if Gtk+ for some |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
551 reason wants to change or hide the tooltip. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
552 |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
553 #ifdef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
554 |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
555 static void |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
556 hierarchy_ch_cb (GtkWidget *widget, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
557 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
558 gpointer user_data) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
559 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
560 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) user_data; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
561 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
562 GtkWidget *top = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (x->ttip_lbl); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
563 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
564 if (! top || ! GTK_IS_WINDOW (top)) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
565 gtk_widget_hide (previous_toplevel); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
566 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
567 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
568 /* Callback called when Gtk+ thinks a tooltip should be displayed. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
569 We use it to get the tooltip window and the tooltip widget so |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
570 we can manipulate the ourselves. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
571 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
572 Return FALSE ensures that the tooltip is not shown. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
573 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
574 static gboolean |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
575 qttip_cb (GtkWidget *widget, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
576 gint xpos, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
577 gint ypos, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
578 gboolean keyboard_mode, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
579 GtkTooltip *tooltip, |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
580 gpointer user_data) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
581 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
582 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) user_data; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
583 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
584 if (x->ttip_widget == NULL) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
585 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
586 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", FALSE, NULL); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
587 x->ttip_widget = tooltip; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
588 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (tooltip)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
589 x->ttip_lbl = gtk_label_new (""); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
590 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (x->ttip_lbl)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
591 gtk_tooltip_set_custom (tooltip, x->ttip_lbl); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
592 x->ttip_window = GTK_WINDOW (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (x->ttip_lbl)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
593 /* Realize so we can safely get screen later on. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
594 gtk_widget_realize (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
595 gtk_widget_realize (x->ttip_lbl); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
596 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
597 g_signal_connect (x->ttip_lbl, "hierarchy-changed", |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
598 G_CALLBACK (hierarchy_ch_cb), f); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
599 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
600 return FALSE; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
601 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
602 |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
603 #endif /* USE_GTK_TOOLTIP */ |
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
604 |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
605 /* Prepare a tooltip to be shown, i.e. calculate WIDTH and HEIGHT. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
606 Return zero if no system tooltip available, non-zero otherwise. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
607 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
608 int |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
609 xg_prepare_tooltip (FRAME_PTR f, |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
610 Lisp_Object string, |
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
611 int *width, |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
612 int *height) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
613 { |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
614 #ifndef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
615 return 0; |
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
616 #else |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
617 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
618 GtkWidget *widget; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
619 GdkWindow *gwin; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
620 GdkScreen *screen; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
621 GtkSettings *settings; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
622 gboolean tt_enabled = TRUE; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
623 GtkRequisition req; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
624 Lisp_Object encoded_string; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
625 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
626 if (!x->ttip_lbl) return 0; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
627 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
628 BLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
629 encoded_string = ENCODE_UTF_8 (string); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
630 widget = GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_lbl); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
631 gwin = gtk_widget_get_window (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
632 screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (gwin); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
633 settings = gtk_settings_get_for_screen (screen); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
634 g_object_get (settings, "gtk-enable-tooltips", &tt_enabled, NULL); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
635 if (tt_enabled) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
636 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
637 g_object_set (settings, "gtk-enable-tooltips", FALSE, NULL); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
638 /* Record that we disabled it so it can be enabled again. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
639 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (x->ttip_window), "restore-tt", |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
640 (gpointer)f); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
641 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
642 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
643 /* Prevent Gtk+ from hiding tooltip on mouse move and such. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
644 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
645 (gtk_widget_get_display (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window))), |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
646 "gdk-display-current-tooltip", NULL); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
647 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
648 /* Put out dummy widget in so we can get callbacks for unrealize and |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
649 hierarchy-changed. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
650 gtk_tooltip_set_custom (x->ttip_widget, widget); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
651 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
652 gtk_tooltip_set_text (x->ttip_widget, SDATA (encoded_string)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
653 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window), &req); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
654 if (width) *width = req.width; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
655 if (height) *height = req.height; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
656 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
657 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
658 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
659 return 1; |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
660 #endif /* USE_GTK_TOOLTIP */ |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
661 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
662 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
663 /* Show the tooltip at ROOT_X and ROOT_Y. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
664 xg_prepare_tooltip must have been called before this function. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
665 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
666 void |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
667 xg_show_tooltip (FRAME_PTR f, int root_x, int root_y) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
668 { |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
669 #ifdef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
670 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
671 if (x->ttip_window) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
672 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
673 BLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
674 gtk_window_move (x->ttip_window, root_x, root_y); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
675 gtk_widget_show_all (GTK_WIDGET (x->ttip_window)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
676 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
677 } |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
678 #endif |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
679 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
680 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
681 /* Hide tooltip if shown. Do nothing if not shown. |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
682 Return non-zero if tip was hidden, non-ero if not (i.e. not using |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
683 system tooltips). */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
684 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
685 int |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
686 xg_hide_tooltip (FRAME_PTR f) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
687 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
688 int ret = 0; |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
689 #ifdef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
690 if (f->output_data.x->ttip_window) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
691 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
692 GtkWindow *win = f->output_data.x->ttip_window; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
693 BLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
694 gtk_widget_hide (GTK_WIDGET (win)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
695 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
696 if (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (win), "restore-tt")) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
697 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
698 GdkWindow *gwin = gtk_widget_get_window (GTK_WIDGET (win)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
699 GdkScreen *screen = gdk_drawable_get_screen (gwin); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
700 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_settings_get_for_screen (screen); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
701 g_object_set (settings, "gtk-enable-tooltips", TRUE, NULL); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
702 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
703 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
704 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
705 ret = 1; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
706 } |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
707 #endif |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
708 return ret; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
709 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
710 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
711 |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
712 /*********************************************************************** |
49323 | 713 General functions for creating widgets, resizing, events, e.t.c. |
714 ***********************************************************************/ | |
715 | |
716 /* Make a geometry string and pass that to GTK. It seems this is the | |
717 only way to get geometry position right if the user explicitly | |
718 asked for a position when starting Emacs. | |
719 F is the frame we shall set geometry for. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
720 |
49323 | 721 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
722 xg_set_geometry (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 723 { |
107851
2a74858bccc0
Fix so top -10 and left -10 in frame parameters work.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
724 if (f->size_hint_flags & (USPosition | PPosition)) |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
725 { |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
726 int left = f->left_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
727 int xneg = f->size_hint_flags & XNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
728 int top = f->top_pos; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
729 int yneg = f->size_hint_flags & YNegative; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
730 char geom_str[32]; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
731 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
732 if (xneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
733 left = -left; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
734 if (yneg) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
735 top = -top; |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
736 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
737 sprintf (geom_str, "=%dx%d%c%d%c%d", |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
738 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
107891
bf5fce1e8e34
Set USER_POS in hint_flags to work around Cygwin problem.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107851
diff
changeset
|
739 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
740 (xneg ? '-' : '+'), left, |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
741 (yneg ? '-' : '+'), top); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
742 |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
743 if (!gtk_window_parse_geometry (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
744 geom_str)) |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
745 fprintf (stderr, "Failed to parse: '%s'\n", geom_str); |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
746 } |
49323 | 747 } |
748 | |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
749 /* Clear under internal border if any. As we use a mix of Gtk+ and X calls |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
750 and use a GtkFixed widget, this doesn't happen automatically. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
751 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
752 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
753 xg_clear_under_internal_border (FRAME_PTR f) |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
754 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
755 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f) > 0) |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
756 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
757 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
758 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wfixed); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
759 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
760 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
761 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
762 0, 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
763 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
764 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
765 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
766 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
767 0, 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
768 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
769 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
770 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
771 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
772 0, FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
773 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
774 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
775 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
776 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
777 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
778 0, |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
779 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
780 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f), 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
781 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
782 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
783 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
784 /* Function to handle resize of our frame. As we have a Gtk+ tool bar |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
785 and a Gtk+ menu bar, we get resize events for the edit part of the |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
786 frame only. We let Gtk+ deal with the Gtk+ parts. |
49323 | 787 F is the frame to resize. |
788 PIXELWIDTH, PIXELHEIGHT is the new size in pixels. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
789 |
49323 | 790 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
791 xg_frame_resized (FRAME_PTR f, int pixelwidth, int pixelheight) |
49323 | 792 { |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
793 int rows, columns; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
794 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
795 if (pixelwidth == -1 && pixelheight == -1) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
796 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
797 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f))) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
798 gdk_window_get_geometry (gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)), |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
799 0, 0, |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
800 &pixelwidth, &pixelheight, 0); |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
801 else return; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
802 } |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
803 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
804 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
805 rows = FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f, pixelheight); |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
806 columns = FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f, pixelwidth); |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
807 |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
808 if (columns != FRAME_COLS (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
809 || rows != FRAME_LINES (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
810 || pixelwidth != FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
811 || pixelheight != FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) |
49323 | 812 { |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
813 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
814 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
815 |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
816 xg_clear_under_internal_border (f); |
100498
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
817 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
818 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
b5964e7e169b
(xg_frame_resized): Remove check if rows/columns have
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
100100
diff
changeset
|
819 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
49323 | 820 } |
821 } | |
822 | |
93427
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
823 /* Resize the outer window of frame F after chainging the height. |
753ad51473c7
(xg_set_geometry): Fix indentation.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
93030
diff
changeset
|
824 COLUMNS/ROWS is the size the edit area shall have after the resize. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
825 |
49323 | 826 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
827 xg_frame_set_char_size (FRAME_PTR f, int cols, int rows) |
49323 | 828 { |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
829 int pixelheight = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows) |
49323 | 830 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
831 int pixelwidth; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
832 |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
833 if (FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) == 0) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
834 return; |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
835 |
49323 | 836 /* Take into account the size of the scroll bar. Always use the |
837 number of columns occupied by the scroll bar here otherwise we | |
838 might end up with a frame width that is not a multiple of the | |
839 frame's character width which is bad for vertically split | |
840 windows. */ | |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
841 f->scroll_bar_actual_width |
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
842 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
49323 | 843 |
50099
a62497b91c74
Use generic compute_fringe_widths.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50063
diff
changeset
|
844 compute_fringe_widths (f, 0); |
49323 | 845 |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
846 /* FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH uses scroll_bar_actual_width, so call it |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
847 after calculating that value. */ |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
848 pixelwidth = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
849 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f); |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
850 |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
851 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
852 /* Do this before resize, as we don't know yet if we will be resized. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
853 xg_clear_under_internal_border (f); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
854 |
49323 | 855 /* Must resize our top level widget. Font size may have changed, |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
856 but not rows/cols. */ |
49323 | 857 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
858 pixelwidth, pixelheight); | |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
859 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
103198
f63bce93c7a1
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Set frame pixel width/height to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103022
diff
changeset
|
860 |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
861 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
862 cancel_mouse_face (f); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
863 |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
864 /* We can not call change_frame_size for a mapped frame, |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
865 we can not set pixel width/height either. The window manager may |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
866 override our resize request, XMonad does this all the time. |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
867 The best we can do is try to sync, so lisp code sees the updated |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
868 size as fast as possible. |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
869 For unmapped windows, we can set rows/cols. When |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
870 the frame is mapped again we will (hopefully) get the correct size. */ |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
871 if (f->async_visible) |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
872 { |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
873 /* Must call this to flush out events */ |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
874 (void)gtk_events_pending (); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
875 gdk_flush (); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
876 x_wait_for_event (f, ConfigureNotify); |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
877 } |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
878 else |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
879 { |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
880 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0); |
103690
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
881 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
882 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight; |
6cf0c4de552b
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Do set width/height if the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103688
diff
changeset
|
883 } |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
884 } |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
885 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
886 /* Handle height/width changes (i.e. add/remove/move menu/toolbar). |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
887 The policy is to keep the number of editable lines. */ |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
888 |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
889 static void |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
890 xg_height_or_width_changed (FRAME_PTR f) |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
891 { |
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
892 gtk_window_resize (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
893 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_WIDTH (f), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
894 FRAME_TOTAL_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)); |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
895 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = 0; |
53275
a07a0bae1990
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_set_char_size): Call x_wm_set_size_hint.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53069
diff
changeset
|
896 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, 0, 0); |
49323 | 897 } |
898 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
899 /* Convert an X Window WSESC on display DPY to its corresponding GtkWidget. |
49323 | 900 Must be done like this, because GtkWidget:s can have "hidden" |
901 X Window that aren't accessible. | |
902 | |
903 Return 0 if no widget match WDESC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
904 |
49323 | 905 GtkWidget * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
906 xg_win_to_widget (Display *dpy, Window wdesc) |
49323 | 907 { |
908 gpointer gdkwin; | |
909 GtkWidget *gwdesc = 0; | |
910 | |
911 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
912 |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
913 gdkwin = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (dpy), |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
914 wdesc); |
49323 | 915 if (gdkwin) |
916 { | |
917 GdkEvent event; | |
918 event.any.window = gdkwin; | |
919 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&event); | |
920 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
921 |
49323 | 922 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
923 return gwdesc; | |
924 } | |
925 | |
926 /* Fill in the GdkColor C so that it represents PIXEL. | |
927 W is the widget that color will be used for. Used to find colormap. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
928 |
49323 | 929 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
930 xg_pix_to_gcolor (GtkWidget *w, long unsigned int pixel, GdkColor *c) |
49323 | 931 { |
932 GdkColormap *map = gtk_widget_get_colormap (w); | |
933 gdk_colormap_query_color (map, pixel, c); | |
934 } | |
935 | |
109749
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
936 /* Callback called when the gtk theme changes. |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
937 We notify lisp code so it can fix faces used for region for example. */ |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
938 |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
939 static void |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
940 style_changed_cb (GObject *go, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
941 GParamSpec *spec, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
942 gpointer user_data) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
943 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
944 struct input_event event; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
945 GdkDisplay *gdpy = (GdkDisplay *) user_data; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
946 const char *display_name = gdk_display_get_name (gdpy); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
947 |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
948 EVENT_INIT (event); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
949 event.kind = CONFIG_CHANGED_EVENT; |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
950 event.frame_or_window = make_string (display_name, strlen (display_name)); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
951 /* Theme doesn't change often, so intern is called seldom. */ |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
952 event.arg = intern ("theme-name"); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
953 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
954 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
955 |
49323 | 956 /* Create and set up the GTK widgets for frame F. |
957 Return 0 if creation failed, non-zero otherwise. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
958 |
49323 | 959 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
960 xg_create_frame_widgets (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 961 { |
962 GtkWidget *wtop; | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
963 GtkWidget *wvbox, *whbox; |
49323 | 964 GtkWidget *wfixed; |
965 GdkColor bg; | |
966 GtkRcStyle *style; | |
967 char *title = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
968 |
49323 | 969 BLOCK_INPUT; |
970 | |
91632
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
971 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f)) |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
972 wtop = gtk_plug_new (f->output_data.x->parent_desc); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
973 else |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
974 wtop = gtk_window_new (GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL); |
370f67c176eb
(xg_create_frame_widgets): If frame is embedded, call
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
87649
diff
changeset
|
975 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
976 xg_set_screen (wtop, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
977 |
49323 | 978 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
979 whbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
49323 | 980 wfixed = gtk_fixed_new (); /* Must have this to place scroll bars */ |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
981 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
982 if (! wtop || ! wvbox || ! whbox || ! wfixed) |
49323 | 983 { |
984 if (wtop) gtk_widget_destroy (wtop); | |
985 if (wvbox) gtk_widget_destroy (wvbox); | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
986 if (whbox) gtk_widget_destroy (whbox); |
49323 | 987 if (wfixed) gtk_widget_destroy (wfixed); |
988 | |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
989 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
49323 | 990 return 0; |
991 } | |
992 | |
993 /* Use same names as the Xt port does. I.e. Emacs.pane.emacs by default */ | |
994 gtk_widget_set_name (wtop, EMACS_CLASS); | |
995 gtk_widget_set_name (wvbox, "pane"); | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
996 gtk_widget_set_name (wfixed, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name)); |
49323 | 997 |
998 /* If this frame has a title or name, set it in the title bar. */ | |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
999 if (! NILP (f->title)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->title)); |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
1000 else if (! NILP (f->name)) title = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (f->name)); |
49323 | 1001 |
1002 if (title) gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), title); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1003 |
49323 | 1004 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = wtop; |
1005 FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f) = wfixed; | |
1006 f->output_data.x->vbox_widget = wvbox; | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
1007 f->output_data.x->hbox_widget = whbox; |
49323 | 1008 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1009 gtk_widget_set_has_window (wfixed, TRUE); |
49323 | 1010 |
1011 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wtop), wvbox); | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
1012 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
1013 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (whbox), wfixed, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
49323 | 1014 |
1015 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f)) | |
1016 update_frame_tool_bar (f); | |
1017 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1018 /* We don't want this widget double buffered, because we draw on it |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1019 with regular X drawing primitives, so from a GTK/GDK point of |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1020 view, the widget is totally blank. When an expose comes, this |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1021 will make the widget blank, and then Emacs redraws it. This flickers |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1022 a lot, so we turn off double buffering. */ |
49323 | 1023 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (wfixed, FALSE); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
1024 |
49323 | 1025 gtk_window_set_wmclass (GTK_WINDOW (wtop), |
67528
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
1026 SSDATA (Vx_resource_name), |
c5c00342184b
* gtkutil.c (SSDATA): New macro to remove compiler warnings.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
65628
diff
changeset
|
1027 SSDATA (Vx_resource_class)); |
49323 | 1028 |
1029 /* Add callback to do nothing on WM_DELETE_WINDOW. The default in | |
1030 GTK is to destroy the widget. We want Emacs to do that instead. */ | |
1031 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtop), "delete-event", | |
1032 G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1033 |
49323 | 1034 /* Convert our geometry parameters into a geometry string |
1035 and specify it. | |
1036 GTK will itself handle calculating the real position this way. */ | |
1037 xg_set_geometry (f); | |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1038 f->win_gravity |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1039 = gtk_window_get_gravity (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
49323 | 1040 |
1041 gtk_widget_add_events (wfixed, | |
1042 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK | |
1043 | GDK_EXPOSURE_MASK | |
1044 | GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK | |
1045 | GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK | |
1046 | GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK | |
1047 | GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK | |
1048 | GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK | |
1049 | GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK | |
1050 | GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK | |
1051 | GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK); | |
1052 | |
1053 /* Must realize the windows so the X window gets created. It is used | |
1054 by callers of this function. */ | |
1055 gtk_widget_realize (wfixed); | |
1056 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = GTK_WIDGET_TO_X_WIN (wfixed); | |
1057 | |
1058 /* Since GTK clears its window by filling with the background color, | |
1059 we must keep X and GTK background in sync. */ | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
1060 xg_pix_to_gcolor (wfixed, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f), &bg); |
49323 | 1061 gtk_widget_modify_bg (wfixed, GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &bg); |
1062 | |
1063 /* Also, do not let any background pixmap to be set, this looks very | |
1064 bad as Emacs overwrites the background pixmap with its own idea | |
1065 of background color. */ | |
1066 style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (wfixed); | |
1067 | |
1068 /* Must use g_strdup because gtk_widget_modify_style does g_free. */ | |
1069 style->bg_pixmap_name[GTK_STATE_NORMAL] = g_strdup ("<none>"); | |
1070 gtk_widget_modify_style (wfixed, style); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1071 |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
1072 #ifdef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1073 /* Steal a tool tip window we can move ourselves. */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1074 f->output_data.x->ttip_widget = 0; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1075 f->output_data.x->ttip_lbl = 0; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1076 f->output_data.x->ttip_window = 0; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1077 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (wtop, "Dummy text"); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1078 g_signal_connect (wtop, "query-tooltip", G_CALLBACK (qttip_cb), f); |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
1079 #endif |
49323 | 1080 |
109749
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1081 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1082 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (wtop); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1083 GtkSettings *gs = gtk_settings_get_for_screen (screen); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1084 /* Only connect this signal once per screen. */ |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1085 if (! g_signal_handler_find (G_OBJECT (gs), |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1086 G_SIGNAL_MATCH_FUNC, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1087 0, 0, 0, |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1088 G_CALLBACK (style_changed_cb), |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1089 0)) |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1090 { |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1091 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gs), "notify::gtk-theme-name", |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1092 G_CALLBACK (style_changed_cb), |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1093 gdk_screen_get_display (screen)); |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1094 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1095 } |
be18c3b67d66
Take colors for region face (selected text) from the Gtk+ theme.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109748
diff
changeset
|
1096 |
49323 | 1097 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
1098 | |
1099 return 1; | |
1100 } | |
1101 | |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1102 void |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1103 xg_free_frame_widgets (FRAME_PTR f) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1104 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1105 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1106 { |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1107 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1108 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1109 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow in xterm.c */ |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1110 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f) = 0; |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
1111 #ifdef USE_GTK_TOOLTIP |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1112 if (x->ttip_lbl) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1113 gtk_widget_destroy (x->ttip_lbl); |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1114 if (x->ttip_widget) |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1115 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (x->ttip_widget)); |
109615
09adf0d4c6d9
Don't use Gtk+ tooltip unless Gtk+ version => 2.14.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109604
diff
changeset
|
1116 #endif |
109604
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1117 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1118 } |
43eca6c9f493
Use Gtk+ tooltips by default for Gtk+ Emacs.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109581
diff
changeset
|
1119 |
49323 | 1120 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F. |
1121 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags | |
1122 that the window now has. | |
1123 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the User Position | |
1124 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1125 |
49323 | 1126 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1127 x_wm_set_size_hint (FRAME_PTR f, long int flags, int user_position) |
49323 | 1128 { |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1129 /* Must use GTK routines here, otherwise GTK resets the size hints |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1130 to its own defaults. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1131 GdkGeometry size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1132 gint hint_flags = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1133 int base_width, base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1134 int min_rows = 0, min_cols = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1135 int win_gravity = f->win_gravity; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1136 |
107219
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1137 /* Don't set size hints during initialization; that apparently leads |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1138 to a race condition. See the thread at |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1139 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2008-10/msg00033.html */ |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1140 if (NILP (Vafter_init_time) || !FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)) |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1141 return; |
07507204ac6f
Move declarations before statements.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106815
diff
changeset
|
1142 |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1143 if (flags) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1144 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1145 memset (&size_hints, 0, sizeof (size_hints)); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1146 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1147 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1148 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1149 else |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1150 flags = f->size_hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1151 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1152 size_hints = f->output_data.x->size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1153 hint_flags = f->output_data.x->hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1154 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1155 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_RESIZE_INC | GDK_HINT_MIN_SIZE; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1156 size_hints.width_inc = FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1157 size_hints.height_inc = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1158 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1159 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_BASE_SIZE; |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
1160 base_width = FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, 0) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f); |
98545
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1161 base_height = FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1162 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1163 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1164 check_frame_size (f, &min_rows, &min_cols); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1165 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1166 size_hints.base_width = base_width; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1167 size_hints.base_height = base_height; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1168 size_hints.min_width = base_width + min_cols * size_hints.width_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1169 size_hints.min_height = base_height + min_rows * size_hints.height_inc; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1170 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1171 /* These currently have a one to one mapping with the X values, but I |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1172 don't think we should rely on that. */ |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1173 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_WIN_GRAVITY; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1174 size_hints.win_gravity = 0; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1175 if (win_gravity == NorthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1176 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1177 else if (win_gravity == NorthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1178 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1179 else if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1180 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_NORTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1181 else if (win_gravity == WestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1182 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1183 else if (win_gravity == CenterGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1184 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_CENTER; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1185 else if (win_gravity == EastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1186 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1187 else if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1188 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_WEST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1189 else if (win_gravity == SouthGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1190 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1191 else if (win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1192 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_SOUTH_EAST; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1193 else if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1194 size_hints.win_gravity = GDK_GRAVITY_STATIC; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1195 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1196 if (user_position) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1197 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1198 hint_flags &= ~GDK_HINT_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1199 hint_flags |= GDK_HINT_USER_POS; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1200 } |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1201 |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1202 if (hint_flags != f->output_data.x->hint_flags |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1203 || memcmp (&size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1204 &f->output_data.x->size_hints, |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1205 sizeof (size_hints)) != 0) |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1206 { |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1207 BLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1208 gtk_window_set_geometry_hints (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1209 NULL, &size_hints, hint_flags); |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1210 f->output_data.x->size_hints = size_hints; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1211 f->output_data.x->hint_flags = hint_flags; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1212 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
d19cd21bc42d
(x_wm_set_size_hint): Return immediately if called during
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
97076
diff
changeset
|
1213 } |
49323 | 1214 } |
1215 | |
1216 /* Change background color of a frame. | |
96363
f9d35151b907
American English spelling fix.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
95954
diff
changeset
|
1217 Since GTK uses the background color to clear the window, we must |
49323 | 1218 keep the GTK and X colors in sync. |
1219 F is the frame to change, | |
1220 BG is the pixel value to change to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1221 |
49323 | 1222 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1223 xg_set_background_color (FRAME_PTR f, long unsigned int bg) |
49323 | 1224 { |
1225 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
1226 { | |
1227 GdkColor gdk_bg; | |
1228 | |
1229 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
1230 xg_pix_to_gcolor (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), bg, &gdk_bg); | |
1231 gtk_widget_modify_bg (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f), GTK_STATE_NORMAL, &gdk_bg); | |
1232 UNBLOCK_INPUT; | |
1233 } | |
1234 } | |
1235 | |
1236 | |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1237 /* Set the frame icon to ICON_PIXMAP/MASK. This must be done with GTK |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1238 functions so GTK does not overwrite the icon. */ |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1239 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1240 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1241 xg_set_frame_icon (FRAME_PTR f, Pixmap icon_pixmap, Pixmap icon_mask) |
65006
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1242 { |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1243 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1244 GdkPixmap *gpix = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_pixmap); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1245 GdkPixmap *gmask = gdk_pixmap_foreign_new_for_display (gdpy, icon_mask); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1246 GdkPixbuf *gp = xg_get_pixbuf_from_pix_and_mask (gpix, gmask, NULL); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1247 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1248 gtk_window_set_icon (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)), gp); |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1249 } |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1250 |
ec2fa2e1d4ea
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_frame_icon): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64936
diff
changeset
|
1251 |
49323 | 1252 |
1253 /*********************************************************************** | |
1254 Dialog functions | |
1255 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1256 /* Return the dialog title to use for a dialog of type KEY. | |
1257 This is the encoding used by lwlib. We use the same for GTK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1258 |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
1259 static const char * |
49323 | 1260 get_dialog_title (char key) |
1261 { | |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
1262 const char *title = ""; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1263 |
49323 | 1264 switch (key) { |
1265 case 'E': case 'e': | |
1266 title = "Error"; | |
1267 break; | |
1268 | |
1269 case 'I': case 'i': | |
1270 title = "Information"; | |
1271 break; | |
1272 | |
1273 case 'L': case 'l': | |
1274 title = "Prompt"; | |
1275 break; | |
1276 | |
1277 case 'P': case 'p': | |
1278 title = "Prompt"; | |
1279 break; | |
1280 | |
1281 case 'Q': case 'q': | |
1282 title = "Question"; | |
1283 break; | |
1284 } | |
1285 | |
1286 return title; | |
1287 } | |
1288 | |
1289 /* Callback for dialogs that get WM_DELETE_WINDOW. We pop down | |
1290 the dialog, but return TRUE so the event does not propagate further | |
1291 in GTK. This prevents GTK from destroying the dialog widget automatically | |
1292 and we can always destrou the widget manually, regardles of how | |
1293 it was popped down (button press or WM_DELETE_WINDOW). | |
1294 W is the dialog widget. | |
1295 EVENT is the GdkEvent that represents WM_DELETE_WINDOW (not used). | |
1296 user_data is NULL (not used). | |
1297 | |
1298 Returns TRUE to end propagation of event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1299 |
49323 | 1300 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1301 dialog_delete_callback (GtkWidget *w, GdkEvent *event, gpointer user_data) |
49323 | 1302 { |
1303 gtk_widget_unmap (w); | |
1304 return TRUE; | |
1305 } | |
1306 | |
1307 /* Create a popup dialog window. See also xg_create_widget below. | |
1308 WV is a widget_value describing the dialog. | |
1309 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a button has been pressed. | |
1310 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when the dialog pops down. | |
1311 | |
1312 Returns the GTK dialog widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1313 |
49323 | 1314 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1315 create_dialog (widget_value *wv, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1316 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1317 GCallback deactivate_cb) |
49323 | 1318 { |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
1319 const char *title = get_dialog_title (wv->name[0]); |
49323 | 1320 int total_buttons = wv->name[1] - '0'; |
1321 int right_buttons = wv->name[4] - '0'; | |
1322 int left_buttons; | |
1323 int button_nr = 0; | |
1324 int button_spacing = 10; | |
1325 GtkWidget *wdialog = gtk_dialog_new (); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1326 GtkDialog *wd = GTK_DIALOG (wdialog); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1327 GtkBox *cur_box = GTK_BOX (gtk_dialog_get_action_area (wd)); |
49323 | 1328 widget_value *item; |
1329 GtkWidget *wvbox; | |
1330 GtkWidget *whbox_up; | |
1331 GtkWidget *whbox_down; | |
1332 | |
1333 /* If the number of buttons is greater than 4, make two rows of buttons | |
1334 instead. This looks better. */ | |
1335 int make_two_rows = total_buttons > 4; | |
1336 | |
1337 if (right_buttons == 0) right_buttons = total_buttons/2; | |
1338 left_buttons = total_buttons - right_buttons; | |
1339 | |
1340 gtk_window_set_title (GTK_WINDOW (wdialog), title); | |
1341 gtk_widget_set_name (wdialog, "emacs-dialog"); | |
1342 | |
1343 | |
1344 if (make_two_rows) | |
1345 { | |
1346 wvbox = gtk_vbox_new (TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1347 whbox_up = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1348 whbox_down = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); | |
1349 | |
1350 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, wvbox, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1351 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_up, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1352 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wvbox), whbox_down, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
1353 | |
1354 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_up); | |
1355 } | |
1356 | |
1357 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "delete-event", | |
1358 G_CALLBACK (dialog_delete_callback), 0); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1359 |
49323 | 1360 if (deactivate_cb) |
1361 { | |
1362 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "close", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1363 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wdialog), "response", deactivate_cb, 0); | |
1364 } | |
1365 | |
1366 for (item = wv->contents; item; item = item->next) | |
1367 { | |
1368 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->value); | |
1369 GtkWidget *w; | |
1370 GtkRequisition req; | |
1371 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1372 if (item->name && strcmp (item->name, "message") == 0) |
49323 | 1373 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1374 GtkBox *wvbox = GTK_BOX (gtk_dialog_get_content_area (wd)); |
49323 | 1375 /* This is the text part of the dialog. */ |
1376 w = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1377 gtk_box_pack_start (wvbox, gtk_label_new (""), FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1378 gtk_box_pack_start (wvbox, w, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
49323 | 1379 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (w), 0.1, 0.5); |
1380 | |
1381 /* Try to make dialog look better. Must realize first so | |
1382 the widget can calculate the size it needs. */ | |
1383 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
1384 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1385 gtk_box_set_spacing (wvbox, req.height); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
1386 if (item->value && strlen (item->value) > 0) |
49323 | 1387 button_spacing = 2*req.width/strlen (item->value); |
1388 } | |
1389 else | |
1390 { | |
1391 /* This is one button to add to the dialog. */ | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
1392 w = gtk_button_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 1393 if (! item->enabled) |
1394 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
1395 if (select_cb) | |
1396 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "clicked", | |
1397 select_cb, item->call_data); | |
1398 | |
1399 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, w, TRUE, TRUE, button_spacing); | |
1400 if (++button_nr == left_buttons) | |
1401 { | |
1402 if (make_two_rows) | |
1403 cur_box = GTK_BOX (whbox_down); | |
1404 else | |
1405 gtk_box_pack_start (cur_box, | |
1406 gtk_label_new (""), | |
1407 TRUE, TRUE, | |
1408 button_spacing); | |
1409 } | |
1410 } | |
1411 | |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
1412 if (utf8_label) |
49323 | 1413 g_free (utf8_label); |
1414 } | |
1415 | |
1416 return wdialog; | |
1417 } | |
1418 | |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1419 struct xg_dialog_data |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1420 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1421 GMainLoop *loop; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1422 int response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1423 GtkWidget *w; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1424 guint timerid; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1425 }; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1426 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1427 /* Function that is called when the file or font dialogs pop down. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1428 W is the dialog widget, RESPONSE is the response code. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1429 USER_DATA is what we passed in to g_signal_connect. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1430 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1431 static void |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1432 xg_dialog_response_cb (GtkDialog *w, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1433 gint response, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1434 gpointer user_data) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1435 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1436 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *)user_data; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1437 dd->response = response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1438 g_main_loop_quit (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1439 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1440 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1441 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1442 /* Destroy the dialog. This makes it pop down. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1443 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1444 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1445 pop_down_dialog (Lisp_Object arg) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1446 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1447 struct Lisp_Save_Value *p = XSAVE_VALUE (arg); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1448 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *) p->pointer; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1449 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1450 BLOCK_INPUT; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1451 if (dd->w) gtk_widget_destroy (dd->w); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1452 if (dd->timerid != 0) g_source_remove (dd->timerid); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1453 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1454 g_main_loop_quit (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1455 g_main_loop_unref (dd->loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1456 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1457 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1458 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1459 return Qnil; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1460 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1461 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1462 /* If there are any emacs timers pending, add a timeout to main loop in DATA. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1463 We pass in DATA as gpointer* so we can use this as a callback. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1464 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1465 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1466 xg_maybe_add_timer (gpointer data) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1467 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1468 struct xg_dialog_data *dd = (struct xg_dialog_data *) data; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1469 EMACS_TIME next_time = timer_check (1); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1470 long secs = EMACS_SECS (next_time); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1471 long usecs = EMACS_USECS (next_time); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1472 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1473 dd->timerid = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1474 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1475 if (secs >= 0 && usecs >= 0 && secs < ((guint)-1)/1000) |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1476 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1477 dd->timerid = g_timeout_add (secs * 1000 + usecs/1000, |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1478 xg_maybe_add_timer, |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1479 dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1480 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1481 return FALSE; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1482 } |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1483 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1484 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1485 /* Pops up a modal dialog W and waits for response. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1486 We don't use gtk_dialog_run because we want to process emacs timers. |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1487 The dialog W is not destroyed when this function returns. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1488 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1489 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1490 xg_dialog_run (FRAME_PTR f, GtkWidget *w) |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1491 { |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1492 int count = SPECPDL_INDEX (); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1493 struct xg_dialog_data dd; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1494 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1495 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1496 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1497 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1498 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1499 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1500 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1501 dd.loop = g_main_loop_new (NULL, FALSE); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1502 dd.response = GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1503 dd.w = w; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1504 dd.timerid = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1505 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1506 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1507 "response", |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1508 G_CALLBACK (xg_dialog_response_cb), |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1509 &dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1510 /* Don't destroy the widget if closed by the window manager close button. */ |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1511 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "delete-event", G_CALLBACK (gtk_true), NULL); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1512 gtk_widget_show (w); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1513 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1514 record_unwind_protect (pop_down_dialog, make_save_value (&dd, 0)); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1515 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1516 (void) xg_maybe_add_timer (&dd); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1517 g_main_loop_run (dd.loop); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1518 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1519 dd.w = 0; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1520 unbind_to (count, Qnil); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1521 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1522 return dd.response; |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1523 } |
49323 | 1524 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1525 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1526 /*********************************************************************** |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1527 File dialog functions |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1528 ***********************************************************************/ |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1529 /* Return non-zero if the old file selection dialog is being used. |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1530 Return zero if not. */ |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1531 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1532 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1533 xg_uses_old_file_dialog (void) |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1534 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1535 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
72963
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1536 extern int x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
e5e5fcf4397e
* gtkutil.c (xg_uses_old_file_dialog): Rename x-use-old-gtk-file-dialog
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72931
diff
changeset
|
1537 return x_gtk_use_old_file_dialog; |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1538 #else |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1539 return 0; |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1540 #endif |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1541 } |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1542 |
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1543 |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
1544 typedef char * (*xg_get_file_func) (GtkWidget *); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1545 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1546 /* Return the selected file for file chooser dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1547 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1548 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1549 static char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1550 xg_get_file_name_from_chooser (GtkWidget *w) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1551 { |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1552 return gtk_file_chooser_get_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (w)); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1553 } |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1554 |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1555 /* Callback called when the "Show hidden files" toggle is pressed. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1556 WIDGET is the toggle widget, DATA is the file chooser dialog. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1557 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1558 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1559 xg_toggle_visibility_cb (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1560 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1561 GtkFileChooser *dialog = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (data); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1562 gboolean visible; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1563 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1564 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (dialog), "show-hidden", !visible, NULL); |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1565 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1566 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1567 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1568 /* Callback called when a property changes in a file chooser. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1569 GOBJECT is the file chooser dialog, ARG1 describes the property. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1570 USER_DATA is the toggle widget in the file chooser dialog. |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1571 We use this to update the "Show hidden files" toggle when the user |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1572 changes that property by right clicking in the file list. */ |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1573 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1574 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1575 xg_toggle_notify_cb (GObject *gobject, GParamSpec *arg1, gpointer user_data) |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1576 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1577 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1578 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1579 if (strcmp (arg1->name, "show-hidden") == 0) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1580 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1581 GtkWidget *wtoggle = GTK_WIDGET (user_data); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1582 gboolean visible, toggle_on; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1583 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1584 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (gobject), "show-hidden", &visible, NULL); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1585 toggle_on = gtk_toggle_button_get_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle)); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1586 |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1587 if (!!visible != !!toggle_on) |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1588 { |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1589 g_signal_handlers_block_by_func (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1590 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1591 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1592 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), visible); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1593 g_signal_handlers_unblock_by_func |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1594 (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1595 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1596 gobject); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1597 } |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1598 x_gtk_show_hidden_files = visible; |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1599 } |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1600 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1601 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1602 /* Read a file name from the user using a file chooser dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1603 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1604 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1605 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1606 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1607 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1608 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1609 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1610 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1611 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1612 static GtkWidget * |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1613 xg_get_file_with_chooser (FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1614 char *prompt, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1615 char *default_filename, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1616 int mustmatch_p, int only_dir_p, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
1617 xg_get_file_func *func) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1618 { |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1619 char message[1024]; |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1620 |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1621 GtkWidget *filewin, *wtoggle, *wbox, *wmessage; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1622 GtkWindow *gwin = GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f)); |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1623 GtkFileChooserAction action = (mustmatch_p ? |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1624 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_OPEN : |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1625 GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1626 extern int x_gtk_show_hidden_files; |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1627 extern int x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text; |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1628 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1629 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1630 if (only_dir_p) |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1631 action = GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SELECT_FOLDER; |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1632 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1633 filewin = gtk_file_chooser_dialog_new (prompt, gwin, action, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1634 GTK_STOCK_CANCEL, GTK_RESPONSE_CANCEL, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1635 (mustmatch_p || only_dir_p ? |
57900
a76858072e78
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Use GTK_STOCK_OK instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57868
diff
changeset
|
1636 GTK_STOCK_OPEN : GTK_STOCK_OK), |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1637 GTK_RESPONSE_OK, |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1638 NULL); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1639 gtk_file_chooser_set_local_only (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), TRUE); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1640 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1641 wbox = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1642 gtk_widget_show (wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1643 wtoggle = gtk_check_button_new_with_label ("Show hidden files."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1644 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1645 if (x_gtk_show_hidden_files) |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1646 { |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1647 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (filewin), "show-hidden", TRUE, NULL); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1648 gtk_toggle_button_set_active (GTK_TOGGLE_BUTTON (wtoggle), TRUE); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1649 } |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1650 gtk_widget_show (wtoggle); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1651 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wtoggle), "clicked", |
68100
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1652 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_visibility_cb), filewin); |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1653 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (filewin), "notify", |
e5611feba7f7
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_notify_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68027
diff
changeset
|
1654 G_CALLBACK (xg_toggle_notify_cb), wtoggle); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1655 |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1656 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1657 { |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1658 message[0] = '\0'; |
73048
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1659 /* Gtk+ 2.10 has the file name text entry box integrated in the dialog. |
4a83c4a89b5e
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Only chow C-l help for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72968
diff
changeset
|
1660 Show the C-l help text only for versions < 2.10. */ |
73066 | 1661 if (gtk_check_version (2, 10, 0) && action != GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1662 strcat (message, "\nType C-l to display a file name text entry box.\n"); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1663 strcat (message, "\nIf you don't like this file selector, use the " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1664 "corresponding\nkey binding or customize " |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1665 "use-file-dialog to turn it off."); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1666 |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1667 wmessage = gtk_label_new (message); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1668 gtk_widget_show (wmessage); |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1669 } |
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1670 |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1671 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wtoggle, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
72968
13a9a628ff21
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Rename x_gtk_show_chooser_help_text to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72963
diff
changeset
|
1672 if (x_gtk_file_dialog_help_text) |
72931
0ee8cea94c25
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Check
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72928
diff
changeset
|
1673 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wmessage, FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
67843
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1674 gtk_file_chooser_set_extra_widget (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), wbox); |
6cf5dc28bd1e
* gtkutil.c (xg_toggle_visibility_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67761
diff
changeset
|
1675 |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1676 if (default_filename) |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1677 { |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1678 Lisp_Object file; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1679 struct gcpro gcpro1; |
78781
415fda17ec8f
(xg_get_file_with_chooser): Move GCPRO1 after declarations
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78762
diff
changeset
|
1680 char *utf8_filename; |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1681 GCPRO1 (file); |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1682 |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1683 file = build_string (default_filename); |
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1684 |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1685 /* File chooser does not understand ~/... in the file name. It must be |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1686 an absolute name starting with /. */ |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1687 if (default_filename[0] != '/') |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1688 file = Fexpand_file_name (file, Qnil); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
1689 |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1690 utf8_filename = SSDATA (ENCODE_UTF_8 (file)); |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1691 if (! NILP (Ffile_directory_p (file))) |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1692 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_folder (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1693 utf8_filename); |
58817
65f1b18b7f66
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Handle local files only.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58463
diff
changeset
|
1694 else |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1695 { |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1696 gtk_file_chooser_set_filename (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), |
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1697 utf8_filename); |
72637
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1698 if (action == GTK_FILE_CHOOSER_ACTION_SAVE) |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1699 { |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1700 char *cp = strrchr (utf8_filename, '/'); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1701 if (cp) ++cp; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1702 else cp = utf8_filename; |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1703 gtk_file_chooser_set_current_name (GTK_FILE_CHOOSER (filewin), cp); |
9db8c9a68f0f
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Don't mention specific keys in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
72614
diff
changeset
|
1704 } |
72614
af91ff74c754
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Change file chooser message
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
71160
diff
changeset
|
1705 } |
57940
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1706 |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1707 UNGCPRO; |
a3fa0e63dd67
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_with_chooser): Expand DEFAULT_FILENAME if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57900
diff
changeset
|
1708 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1710 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_chooser; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1711 return filewin; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1712 } |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1713 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1714 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1715 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1716 /* Return the selected file for file selector dialog W. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1717 The returned string must be free:d. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1718 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1719 static char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1720 xg_get_file_name_from_selector (GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 1721 { |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1722 GtkFileSelection *filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1723 return xstrdup ((char*) gtk_file_selection_get_filename (filesel)); |
49323 | 1724 } |
1725 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1726 /* Create a file selection dialog. |
49323 | 1727 F is the current frame. |
1728 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. | |
1729 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. | |
1730 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1731 file. *FUNC is set to a function that can be used to retrieve the |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1732 selected file name from the returned widget. |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1733 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1734 Returns the created widget. */ |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1735 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1736 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1737 xg_get_file_with_selection (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1738 char *prompt, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1739 char *default_filename, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1740 int mustmatch_p, int only_dir_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1741 xg_get_file_func *func) |
49323 | 1742 { |
1743 GtkWidget *filewin; | |
1744 GtkFileSelection *filesel; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1745 |
49323 | 1746 filewin = gtk_file_selection_new (prompt); |
1747 filesel = GTK_FILE_SELECTION (filewin); | |
1748 | |
1749 if (default_filename) | |
1750 gtk_file_selection_set_filename (filesel, default_filename); | |
1751 | |
1752 if (mustmatch_p) | |
1753 { | |
1754 /* The selection_entry part of filesel is not documented. */ | |
1755 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (filesel->selection_entry, FALSE); | |
1756 gtk_file_selection_hide_fileop_buttons (filesel); | |
1757 } | |
1758 | |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1759 *func = xg_get_file_name_from_selector; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1760 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1761 return filewin; |
49323 | 1762 } |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1763 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1764 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1765 /* Read a file name from the user using a file dialog, either the old |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1766 file selection dialog, or the new file chooser dialog. Which to use |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1767 depends on what the GTK version used has, and what the value of |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1768 gtk-use-old-file-dialog. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1769 F is the current frame. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1770 PROMPT is a prompt to show to the user. May not be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1771 DEFAULT_FILENAME is a default selection to be displayed. May be NULL. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1772 If MUSTMATCH_P is non-zero, the returned file name must be an existing |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1773 file. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1774 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1775 Returns a file name or NULL if no file was selected. |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1776 The returned string must be freed by the caller. */ |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1777 |
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1778 char * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1779 xg_get_file_name (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1780 char *prompt, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1781 char *default_filename, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1782 int mustmatch_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1783 int only_dir_p) |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1784 { |
58284
10efc827e15c
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Fix typo in
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58201
diff
changeset
|
1785 GtkWidget *w = 0; |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1786 char *fn = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1787 int filesel_done = 0; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1788 xg_get_file_func func; |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1789 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1790 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1791 /* I really don't know why this is needed, but without this the GLIBC add on |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1792 library linuxthreads hangs when the Gnome file chooser backend creates |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1793 threads. */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1794 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1795 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1796 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1797 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW |
58463
86fddd350b35
* gtkutil.c (xg_get_file_name): Rename use-old-gtk-file-dialog to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58284
diff
changeset
|
1798 |
67761
5b8799d65159
* xfns.c (Fx_uses_old_gtk_dialog): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
67528
diff
changeset
|
1799 if (xg_uses_old_file_dialog ()) |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1800 w = xg_get_file_with_selection (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1801 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1802 else |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1803 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1804 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1805 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1806 #else /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1807 w = xg_get_file_with_chooser (f, prompt, default_filename, |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1808 mustmatch_p, only_dir_p, &func); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
1809 #endif /* not HAVE_GTK_FILE_SELECTION_NEW */ |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1811 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-filedialog"); |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1812 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1813 filesel_done = xg_dialog_run (f, w); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1814 |
58818
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1815 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1816 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1817 #endif |
f8cddae7d959
* gtkutil.c: Include signal.h and syssignal.h.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58817
diff
changeset
|
1818 |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1819 if (filesel_done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1820 fn = (*func) (w); |
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1822 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
1823 return fn; |
57868
c955f6add62a
* fileio.c (Fread_file_name): Pass Qt as fifth parameter to
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57715
diff
changeset
|
1824 } |
49323 | 1825 |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1826 #ifdef HAVE_FREETYPE |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1827 /* Pop up a GTK font selector and return the name of the font the user |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1828 selects, as a C string. The returned font name follows GTK's own |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1829 format: |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1831 `FAMILY [VALUE1 VALUE2] SIZE' |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1832 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1833 This can be parsed using font_parse_fcname in font.c. |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1834 DEFAULT_NAME, if non-zero, is the default font name. */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1835 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1836 char * |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
1837 xg_get_font_name (FRAME_PTR f, const char *default_name) |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1838 { |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1839 GtkWidget *w; |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1840 char *fontname = NULL; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1841 int done = 0; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1842 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1843 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1844 sigblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1845 #endif /* HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1846 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1847 w = gtk_font_selection_dialog_new ("Pick a font"); |
105693
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1848 if (!default_name) |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1849 default_name = "Monospace 10"; |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1850 gtk_font_selection_dialog_set_font_name (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w), |
964ff7cbc8a6
Fix resize due to font change on a maximized/xmonad-controlled frame.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105669
diff
changeset
|
1851 default_name); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1852 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1853 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-fontdialog"); |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1854 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1855 done = xg_dialog_run (f, w); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1856 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1857 #if defined (HAVE_GTK_AND_PTHREAD) && defined (__SIGRTMIN) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1858 sigunblock (sigmask (__SIGRTMIN)); |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1859 #endif |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1860 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1861 if (done == GTK_RESPONSE_OK) |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1862 fontname = gtk_font_selection_dialog_get_font_name |
105936
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1863 (GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG (w)); |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1864 |
45191c90be7e
Bug #4574. Common code for file/font dialog. Handle timers with glib-timers.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105880
diff
changeset
|
1865 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
95794
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1866 return fontname; |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1867 } |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1868 #endif /* HAVE_FREETYPE */ |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1869 |
e4d692886628
(xg_dialog_response_cb): Rename from xg_file_response_callback.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
95481
diff
changeset
|
1870 |
49323 | 1871 |
1872 /*********************************************************************** | |
1873 Menu functions. | |
1874 ***********************************************************************/ | |
1875 | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1876 /* The name of menu items that can be used for customization. Since GTK |
49323 | 1877 RC files are very crude and primitive, we have to set this on all |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
1878 menu item names so a user can easily customize menu items. */ |
49323 | 1879 |
1880 #define MENU_ITEM_NAME "emacs-menuitem" | |
1881 | |
1882 | |
1883 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1884 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1885 static xg_list_node xg_menu_cb_list; | |
1886 | |
1887 /* Linked list of all allocated struct xg_menu_item_cb_data. Used for marking | |
1888 during GC. The next member points to the items. */ | |
1889 static xg_list_node xg_menu_item_cb_list; | |
1890 | |
1891 /* Allocate and initialize CL_DATA if NULL, otherwise increase ref_count. | |
1892 F is the frame CL_DATA will be initialized for. | |
1893 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1894 | |
1895 The menu bar and all sub menus under the menu bar in a frame | |
1896 share the same structure, hence the reference count. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
1897 |
49323 | 1898 Returns CL_DATA if CL_DATA is not NULL, or a pointer to a newly |
1899 allocated xg_menu_cb_data if CL_DATA is NULL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1900 |
49323 | 1901 static xg_menu_cb_data * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1902 make_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, FRAME_PTR f, GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 1903 { |
1904 if (! cl_data) | |
1905 { | |
1906 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) xmalloc (sizeof (*cl_data)); | |
1907 cl_data->f = f; | |
1908 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1909 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1910 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1911 cl_data->ref_count = 0; | |
1912 | |
1913 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1914 } | |
1915 | |
1916 cl_data->ref_count++; | |
1917 | |
1918 return cl_data; | |
1919 } | |
1920 | |
1921 /* Update CL_DATA with values from frame F and with HIGHLIGHT_CB. | |
1922 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
1923 | |
1924 When the menu bar is updated, menu items may have been added and/or | |
1925 removed, so menu_bar_vector and menu_bar_items_used change. We must | |
1926 then update CL_DATA since it is used to determine which menu | |
1927 item that is invoked in the menu. | |
1928 HIGHLIGHT_CB could change, there is no check that the same | |
1929 function is given when modifying a menu bar as was given when | |
1930 creating the menu bar. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1931 |
49323 | 1932 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1933 update_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1934 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
1935 GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 1936 { |
1937 if (cl_data) | |
1938 { | |
1939 cl_data->f = f; | |
1940 cl_data->menu_bar_vector = f->menu_bar_vector; | |
1941 cl_data->menu_bar_items_used = f->menu_bar_items_used; | |
1942 cl_data->highlight_cb = highlight_cb; | |
1943 } | |
1944 } | |
1945 | |
1946 /* Decrease reference count for CL_DATA. | |
1947 If reference count is zero, free CL_DATA. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1948 |
49323 | 1949 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1950 unref_cl_data (xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 1951 { |
1952 if (cl_data && cl_data->ref_count > 0) | |
1953 { | |
1954 cl_data->ref_count--; | |
1955 if (cl_data->ref_count == 0) | |
1956 { | |
1957 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_cb_list, &cl_data->ptrs); | |
1958 xfree (cl_data); | |
1959 } | |
1960 } | |
1961 } | |
1962 | |
1963 /* Function that marks all lisp data during GC. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1964 |
49323 | 1965 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1966 xg_mark_data (void) |
49323 | 1967 { |
1968 xg_list_node *iter; | |
1969 | |
1970 for (iter = xg_menu_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1971 mark_object (((xg_menu_cb_data *) iter)->menu_bar_vector); |
49323 | 1972 |
1973 for (iter = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next; iter; iter = iter->next) | |
1974 { | |
1975 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) iter; | |
1976 | |
1977 if (! NILP (cb_data->help)) | |
52080
c150d4a7aa36
gtkutil.c (xg_mark_data): Update calls to mark_object.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51569
diff
changeset
|
1978 mark_object (cb_data->help); |
49323 | 1979 } |
1980 } | |
1981 | |
1982 | |
1983 /* Callback called when a menu item is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
1984 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
1985 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_item_cb_data associated with the W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
1986 |
49323 | 1987 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
1988 menuitem_destroy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 1989 { |
1990 if (client_data) | |
1991 { | |
1992 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) client_data; | |
1993 xg_list_remove (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &data->ptrs); | |
1994 xfree (data); | |
1995 } | |
1996 } | |
1997 | |
1998 /* Callback called when the pointer enters/leaves a menu item. | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
1999 W is the parent of the menu item. |
49323 | 2000 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2001 CLIENT_DATA is not used. |
49323 | 2002 |
2003 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2004 |
49323 | 2005 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2006 menuitem_highlight_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2007 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2008 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 2009 { |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2010 GdkEvent ev; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2011 GtkWidget *subwidget; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2012 xg_menu_item_cb_data *data; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2013 |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2014 ev.crossing = *event; |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2015 subwidget = gtk_get_event_widget (&ev); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2016 data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data *) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (subwidget), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2017 XG_ITEM_DATA); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2018 if (data) |
49323 | 2019 { |
2020 if (! NILP (data->help) && data->cl_data->highlight_cb) | |
2021 { | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2022 gpointer call_data = event->type == GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY ? 0 : data; |
49323 | 2023 GtkCallback func = (GtkCallback) data->cl_data->highlight_cb; |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2024 (*func) (subwidget, call_data); |
49323 | 2025 } |
2026 } | |
2027 | |
2028 return FALSE; | |
2029 } | |
2030 | |
2031 /* Callback called when a menu is destroyed. Used to free data. | |
2032 W is the widget that is being destroyed (not used). | |
2033 CLIENT_DATA points to the xg_menu_cb_data associated with W. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2034 |
49323 | 2035 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2036 menu_destroy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 2037 { |
2038 unref_cl_data ((xg_menu_cb_data*) client_data); | |
2039 } | |
2040 | |
2041 /* Make a GTK widget that contains both UTF8_LABEL and UTF8_KEY (both | |
2042 must be non-NULL) and can be inserted into a menu item. | |
2043 | |
2044 Returns the GtkHBox. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2045 |
49323 | 2046 static GtkWidget * |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
2047 make_widget_for_menu_item (const char *utf8_label, const char *utf8_key) |
49323 | 2048 { |
2049 GtkWidget *wlbl; | |
2050 GtkWidget *wkey; | |
2051 GtkWidget *wbox; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2052 |
49323 | 2053 wbox = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2054 wlbl = gtk_label_new (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2055 wkey = gtk_label_new (utf8_key); |
2056 | |
2057 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wlbl), 0.0, 0.5); | |
2058 gtk_misc_set_alignment (GTK_MISC (wkey), 0.0, 0.5); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2059 |
49323 | 2060 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
2061 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (wbox), wkey, FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
2062 | |
2063 gtk_widget_set_name (wlbl, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2064 gtk_widget_set_name (wkey, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
2065 gtk_widget_set_name (wbox, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
49323 | 2066 |
2067 return wbox; | |
2068 } | |
2069 | |
2070 /* Make and return a menu item widget with the key to the right. | |
2071 UTF8_LABEL is the text for the menu item (GTK uses UTF8 internally). | |
2072 UTF8_KEY is the text representing the key binding. | |
2073 ITEM is the widget_value describing the menu item. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2074 |
49323 | 2075 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not |
2076 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
2077 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
2078 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
2079 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
2080 | |
2081 Unfortunately, keys don't line up as nicely as in Motif, | |
2082 but the MacOS X version doesn't either, so I guess that is OK. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2083 |
49323 | 2084 static GtkWidget * |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
2085 make_menu_item (const char *utf8_label, |
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
2086 const char *utf8_key, |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2087 widget_value *item, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2088 GSList **group) |
49323 | 2089 { |
2090 GtkWidget *w; | |
2091 GtkWidget *wtoadd = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2092 |
51432
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2093 /* It has been observed that some menu items have a NULL name field. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2094 This will lead to this function being called with a NULL utf8_label. |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2095 GTK crashes on that so we set a blank label. Why there is a NULL |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2096 name remains to be investigated. */ |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2097 if (! utf8_label) utf8_label = " "; |
6db55492aca9
* gtkutil.c (make_menu_item): Make sure we don't crash on a NULL
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
51408
diff
changeset
|
2098 |
49323 | 2099 if (utf8_key) |
2100 wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2101 |
49323 | 2102 if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) |
2103 { | |
2104 *group = NULL; | |
2105 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_check_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2106 else w = gtk_check_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2107 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), item->selected); |
2108 } | |
2109 else if (item->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2110 { | |
2111 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new (*group); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2112 else w = gtk_radio_menu_item_new_with_label (*group, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2113 *group = gtk_radio_menu_item_get_group (GTK_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)); |
2114 if (item->selected) | |
2115 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), TRUE); | |
2116 } | |
2117 else | |
2118 { | |
2119 *group = NULL; | |
2120 if (utf8_key) w = gtk_menu_item_new (); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2121 else w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2122 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2123 |
49323 | 2124 if (wtoadd) gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); |
2125 if (! item->enabled) gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); | |
2126 | |
2127 return w; | |
2128 } | |
2129 | |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2130 /* Return non-zero if LABEL specifies a separator (GTK only has one |
49323 | 2131 separator type) */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2132 |
105959
ba3ffbd9c422
* process.c (ifflag_def): Make flag_sym constant.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
105936
diff
changeset
|
2133 static const char* separator_names[] = { |
78787
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2134 "space", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2135 "no-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2136 "single-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2137 "double-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2138 "single-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2139 "double-dashed-line", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2140 "shadow-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2141 "shadow-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2142 "shadow-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2143 "shadow-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2144 "shadow-double-etched-in", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2145 "shadow-double-etched-out", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2146 "shadow-double-etched-in-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2147 "shadow-double-etched-out-dash", |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2148 0, |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2149 }; |
96a27ec4e6c5
(xg_separator_p) <separator_names>: Move to file scope.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
78781
diff
changeset
|
2150 |
49323 | 2151 static int |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2152 xg_separator_p (const char *label) |
49323 | 2153 { |
50318
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2154 if (! label) return 0; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2155 else if (strlen (label) > 3 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2156 && strncmp (label, "--", 2) == 0 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2157 && label[2] != '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2158 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2159 int i; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2160 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2161 label += 2; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2162 for (i = 0; separator_names[i]; ++i) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2163 if (strcmp (label, separator_names[i]) == 0) |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2164 return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2165 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2166 else |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2167 { |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2168 /* Old-style separator, maybe. It's a separator if it contains |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2169 only dashes. */ |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2170 while (*label == '-') |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2171 ++label; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2172 if (*label == 0) return 1; |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2173 } |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2174 |
5b50d76d9211
* gtkutil.c (xg_resize_widgets): Don't call xg_frame_cleared.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50272
diff
changeset
|
2175 return 0; |
49323 | 2176 } |
2177 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2178 static int xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2179 |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2180 /* Returns non-zero if there are detached menus. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2181 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2182 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2183 xg_have_tear_offs (void) |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2184 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2185 return xg_detached_menus > 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2186 } |
49323 | 2187 |
2188 /* Callback invoked when a detached menu window is removed. Here we | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2189 decrease the xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2190 WIDGET is the top level window that is removed (the parent of the menu). |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2191 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2192 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2193 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2194 tearoff_remove (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 2195 { |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2196 if (xg_detached_menus > 0) --xg_detached_menus; |
49323 | 2197 } |
2198 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2199 /* Callback invoked when a menu is detached. It increases the |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2200 xg_detached_menus count. |
49323 | 2201 WIDGET is the GtkTearoffMenuItem. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2202 CLIENT_DATA is not used. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2203 |
49323 | 2204 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2205 tearoff_activate (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 2206 { |
2207 GtkWidget *menu = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2208 if (gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (menu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2209 { |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2210 ++xg_detached_menus; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2211 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget)), |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2212 "destroy", |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2213 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_remove), 0); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2214 } |
49323 | 2215 } |
2216 | |
2217 | |
2218 /* Create a menu item widget, and connect the callbacks. | |
2219 ITEM decribes the menu item. | |
2220 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2221 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2222 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2223 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu. | |
2224 GROUP is an in/out parameter. If the menu item to be created is not | |
2225 part of any radio menu group, *GROUP contains NULL on entry and exit. | |
2226 If the menu item to be created is part of a radio menu group, on entry | |
2227 *GROUP contains the group to use, or NULL if this is the first item | |
2228 in the group. On exit, *GROUP contains the radio item group. | |
2229 | |
2230 Returns the created GtkWidget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2231 |
49323 | 2232 static GtkWidget * |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2233 xg_create_one_menuitem (widget_value *item, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2234 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2235 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2236 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2237 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2238 GSList **group) |
49323 | 2239 { |
2240 char *utf8_label; | |
2241 char *utf8_key; | |
2242 GtkWidget *w; | |
2243 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; | |
2244 | |
2245 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2246 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (item->key); | |
2247 | |
2248 w = make_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key, item, group); | |
2249 | |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2250 if (utf8_label) g_free (utf8_label); |
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2251 if (utf8_key) g_free (utf8_key); |
49323 | 2252 |
2253 cb_data = xmalloc (sizeof (xg_menu_item_cb_data)); | |
2254 | |
2255 xg_list_insert (&xg_menu_item_cb_list, &cb_data->ptrs); | |
2256 | |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2257 cb_data->select_id = 0; |
49323 | 2258 cb_data->help = item->help; |
2259 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
2260 cb_data->call_data = item->call_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2261 |
49323 | 2262 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), |
2263 "destroy", | |
2264 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_destroy_callback), | |
2265 cb_data); | |
2266 | |
2267 /* Put cb_data in widget, so we can get at it when modifying menubar */ | |
2268 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_ITEM_DATA, cb_data); | |
2269 | |
2270 /* final item, not a submenu */ | |
2271 if (item->call_data && ! item->contents) | |
2272 { | |
2273 if (select_cb) | |
2274 cb_data->select_id | |
2275 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", select_cb, cb_data); | |
2276 } | |
2277 | |
2278 return w; | |
2279 } | |
2280 | |
2281 /* Create a full menu tree specified by DATA. | |
2282 F is the frame the created menu belongs to. | |
2283 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2284 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2285 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2286 POP_UP_P is non-zero if we shall create a popup menu. | |
2287 MENU_BAR_P is non-zero if we shall create a menu bar. | |
2288 ADD_TEAROFF_P is non-zero if we shall add a teroff menu item. Ignored | |
2289 if MENU_BAR_P is non-zero. | |
2290 TOPMENU is the topmost GtkWidget that others shall be placed under. | |
2291 It may be NULL, in that case we create the appropriate widget | |
2292 (menu bar or menu item depending on POP_UP_P and MENU_BAR_P) | |
2293 CL_DATA is the callback data we shall use for this menu, or NULL | |
2294 if we haven't set the first callback yet. | |
2295 NAME is the name to give to the top level menu if this function | |
2296 creates it. May be NULL to not set any name. | |
2297 | |
2298 Returns the top level GtkWidget. This is TOPLEVEL if TOPLEVEL is | |
2299 not NULL. | |
2300 | |
2301 This function calls itself to create submenus. */ | |
2302 | |
2303 static GtkWidget * | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2304 create_menus (widget_value *data, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2305 FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2306 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2307 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2308 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2309 int pop_up_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2310 int menu_bar_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2311 int add_tearoff_p, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2312 GtkWidget *topmenu, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2313 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data, |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
2314 const char *name) |
49323 | 2315 { |
2316 widget_value *item; | |
2317 GtkWidget *wmenu = topmenu; | |
2318 GSList *group = NULL; | |
2319 | |
2320 if (! topmenu) | |
2321 { | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2322 if (! menu_bar_p) |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2323 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2324 wmenu = gtk_menu_new (); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2325 xg_set_screen (wmenu, f); |
75040
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2326 /* Connect this to the menu instead of items so we get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2327 disabled items also. TODO: Still does not get enter/leave for |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2328 disabled items in detached menus. */ |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2329 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2330 "enter-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2331 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2332 NULL); |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2333 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2334 "leave-notify-event", |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2335 G_CALLBACK (menuitem_highlight_callback), |
37202e2fc35f
(menuitem_highlight_callback): Invoked widget is the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75009
diff
changeset
|
2336 NULL); |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2337 } |
105522
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2338 else |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2339 { |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2340 wmenu = gtk_menu_bar_new (); |
106186
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2341 /* Set width of menu bar to a small value so it doesn't enlarge |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2342 a small initial frame size. The width will be set to the |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2343 width of the frame later on when it is added to a container. |
9b6f45dd8386
Use a select wrapper around the GLib event loop, thus taking into account GLib
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106161
diff
changeset
|
2344 height -1: Natural height. */ |
105522
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2345 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wmenu, 1, -1); |
695dbf5b3bb9
gtkutil.c (create_menus): Call gtk_widget_set_size_request for
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103916
diff
changeset
|
2346 } |
49323 | 2347 |
2348 /* Put cl_data on the top menu for easier access. */ | |
2349 cl_data = make_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
2350 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenu), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)cl_data); | |
2351 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), "destroy", | |
2352 G_CALLBACK (menu_destroy_callback), cl_data); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2353 |
49323 | 2354 if (name) |
2355 gtk_widget_set_name (wmenu, name); | |
2356 | |
2357 if (deactivate_cb) | |
2358 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenu), | |
59913
b3664fca53d1
* gtkutil.c (create_menus): Connect selection-done event instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59666
diff
changeset
|
2359 "selection-done", deactivate_cb, 0); |
49323 | 2360 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2361 |
49323 | 2362 if (! menu_bar_p && add_tearoff_p) |
2363 { | |
2364 GtkWidget *tearoff = gtk_tearoff_menu_item_new (); | |
2365 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), tearoff); | |
2366 | |
2367 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (tearoff), "activate", | |
2368 G_CALLBACK (tearoff_activate), 0); | |
2369 } | |
2370 | |
2371 for (item = data; item; item = item->next) | |
2372 { | |
2373 GtkWidget *w; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2374 |
49323 | 2375 if (pop_up_p && !item->contents && !item->call_data |
2376 && !xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2377 { | |
2378 char *utf8_label; | |
2379 /* A title for a popup. We do the same as GTK does when | |
2380 creating titles, but it does not look good. */ | |
2381 group = NULL; | |
2382 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (item->name); | |
2383 | |
2384 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (wmenu), utf8_label); | |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2385 w = gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2386 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2387 if (utf8_label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2388 } |
2389 else if (xg_separator_p (item->name)) | |
2390 { | |
2391 group = NULL; | |
2392 /* GTK only have one separator type. */ | |
2393 w = gtk_separator_menu_item_new (); | |
2394 } | |
2395 else | |
2396 { | |
2397 w = xg_create_one_menuitem (item, | |
2398 f, | |
2399 item->contents ? 0 : select_cb, | |
2400 highlight_cb, | |
2401 cl_data, | |
2402 &group); | |
2403 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2404 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2405 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2406 if (item->contents || menu_bar_p) |
49323 | 2407 { |
2408 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (item->contents, | |
2409 f, | |
2410 select_cb, | |
2411 deactivate_cb, | |
2412 highlight_cb, | |
2413 0, | |
2414 0, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2415 add_tearoff_p, |
49323 | 2416 0, |
2417 cl_data, | |
2418 0); | |
2419 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); | |
2420 } | |
2421 } | |
2422 | |
2423 gtk_menu_shell_append (GTK_MENU_SHELL (wmenu), w); | |
2424 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); | |
2425 } | |
2426 | |
2427 return wmenu; | |
2428 } | |
2429 | |
2430 /* Create a menubar, popup menu or dialog, depending on the TYPE argument. | |
2431 TYPE can be "menubar", "popup" for popup menu, or "dialog" for a dialog | |
2432 with some text and buttons. | |
2433 F is the frame the created item belongs to. | |
2434 NAME is the name to use for the top widget. | |
2435 VAL is a widget_value structure describing items to be created. | |
2436 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected or | |
2437 a dialog button is pressed. | |
2438 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when an item is deactivated. | |
2439 For a menu, when a sub menu is not shown anymore, for a dialog it is | |
2440 called when the dialog is popped down. | |
2441 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2442 | |
2443 Returns the widget created. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2444 |
49323 | 2445 GtkWidget * |
109717
8949aad5e992
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109668
diff
changeset
|
2446 xg_create_widget (const char *type, const char *name, FRAME_PTR f, widget_value *val, |
109364
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
2447 GCallback select_cb, GCallback deactivate_cb, |
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
2448 GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 2449 { |
2450 GtkWidget *w = 0; | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2451 int menu_bar_p = strcmp (type, "menubar") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2452 int pop_up_p = strcmp (type, "popup") == 0; |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2453 |
49323 | 2454 if (strcmp (type, "dialog") == 0) |
2455 { | |
2456 w = create_dialog (val, select_cb, deactivate_cb); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2457 xg_set_screen (w, f); |
49323 | 2458 gtk_window_set_transient_for (GTK_WINDOW (w), |
2459 GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f))); | |
2460 gtk_window_set_destroy_with_parent (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2461 gtk_widget_set_name (w, "emacs-dialog"); |
58200
3608b64ba20f
* gtkutil.c (xg_file_sel_ok, xg_file_sel_cancel)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57941
diff
changeset
|
2462 gtk_window_set_modal (GTK_WINDOW (w), TRUE); |
49323 | 2463 } |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2464 else if (menu_bar_p || pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2465 { |
2466 w = create_menus (val->contents, | |
2467 f, | |
2468 select_cb, | |
2469 deactivate_cb, | |
2470 highlight_cb, | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2471 pop_up_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2472 menu_bar_p, |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2473 menu_bar_p, |
49323 | 2474 0, |
2475 0, | |
2476 name); | |
2477 | |
2478 /* Set the cursor to an arrow for popup menus when they are mapped. | |
2479 This is done by default for menu bar menus. */ | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2480 if (pop_up_p) |
49323 | 2481 { |
2482 /* Must realize so the GdkWindow inside the widget is created. */ | |
2483 gtk_widget_realize (w); | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
2484 xg_set_cursor (w, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 2485 } |
2486 } | |
2487 else | |
2488 { | |
2489 fprintf (stderr, "bad type in xg_create_widget: %s, doing nothing\n", | |
2490 type); | |
2491 } | |
2492 | |
2493 return w; | |
2494 } | |
2495 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2496 /* Return the label for menu item WITEM. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2497 |
49323 | 2498 static const char * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2499 xg_get_menu_item_label (GtkMenuItem *witem) |
49323 | 2500 { |
2501 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2502 return gtk_label_get_label (wlabel); | |
2503 } | |
2504 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2505 /* Return non-zero if the menu item WITEM has the text LABEL. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2506 |
49323 | 2507 static int |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2508 xg_item_label_same_p (GtkMenuItem *witem, const char *label) |
49323 | 2509 { |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2510 int is_same = 0; |
49323 | 2511 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (label); |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2512 const char *old_label = witem ? xg_get_menu_item_label (witem) : 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2513 |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2514 if (! old_label && ! utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2515 is_same = 1; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2516 else if (old_label && utf8_label) |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2517 is_same = strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) == 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2518 |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2519 if (utf8_label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49323 | 2520 |
2521 return is_same; | |
2522 } | |
2523 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2524 /* Destroy widgets in LIST. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2525 |
49323 | 2526 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2527 xg_destroy_widgets (GList *list) |
49323 | 2528 { |
2529 GList *iter; | |
2530 | |
49572 | 2531 for (iter = list; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
49323 | 2532 { |
2533 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2534 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2535 /* Destroying the widget will remove it from the container it is in. */ |
49323 | 2536 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
2537 } | |
2538 } | |
2539 | |
2540 /* Update the top level names in MENUBAR (i.e. not submenus). | |
2541 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
49572 | 2542 *LIST is a list with the current menu bar names (menu item widgets). |
2543 ITER is the item within *LIST that shall be updated. | |
2544 POS is the numerical position, starting at 0, of ITER in *LIST. | |
49323 | 2545 VAL describes what the menu bar shall look like after the update. |
2546 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2547 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
49572 | 2548 CL_DATA points to the callback data to be used for this menu bar. |
49323 | 2549 |
2550 This function calls itself to walk through the menu bar names. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2551 |
49323 | 2552 static void |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2553 xg_update_menubar (GtkWidget *menubar, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2554 FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2555 GList **list, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2556 GList *iter, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2557 int pos, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2558 widget_value *val, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2559 GCallback select_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2560 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2561 GCallback highlight_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2562 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2563 { |
49572 | 2564 if (! iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2565 return; |
49572 | 2566 else if (iter && ! val) |
49323 | 2567 { |
49572 | 2568 /* Item(s) have been removed. Remove all remaining items. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2569 xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2570 |
106161
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2571 /* Add a blank entry so the menubar doesn't collapse to nothing. */ |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2572 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2573 gtk_menu_item_new_with_label (""), |
0ea716305b13
gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): If menubar is totally empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106012
diff
changeset
|
2574 0); |
49323 | 2575 /* All updated. */ |
2576 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2577 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2578 } |
49572 | 2579 else if (! iter && val) |
49323 | 2580 { |
2581 /* Item(s) added. Add all new items in one call. */ | |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2582 create_menus (val, f, select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, |
49323 | 2583 0, 1, 0, menubar, cl_data, 0); |
2584 | |
2585 /* All updated. */ | |
2586 val = 0; | |
49572 | 2587 iter = 0; |
49323 | 2588 } |
49572 | 2589 /* Below this neither iter or val is NULL */ |
2590 else if (xg_item_label_same_p (GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data), val->name)) | |
49323 | 2591 { |
2592 /* This item is still the same, check next item. */ | |
2593 val = val->next; | |
49572 | 2594 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
2595 ++pos; | |
49323 | 2596 } |
2597 else /* This item is changed. */ | |
2598 { | |
49572 | 2599 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); |
49323 | 2600 GtkMenuItem *witem2 = 0; |
2601 int val_in_menubar = 0; | |
49572 | 2602 int iter_in_new_menubar = 0; |
2603 GList *iter2; | |
49323 | 2604 widget_value *cur; |
2605 | |
2606 /* See if the changed entry (val) is present later in the menu bar */ | |
49572 | 2607 for (iter2 = iter; |
2608 iter2 && ! val_in_menubar; | |
2609 iter2 = g_list_next (iter2)) | |
49323 | 2610 { |
49572 | 2611 witem2 = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter2->data); |
49323 | 2612 val_in_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem2, val->name); |
2613 } | |
2614 | |
49572 | 2615 /* See if the current entry (iter) is present later in the |
49323 | 2616 specification for the new menu bar. */ |
49572 | 2617 for (cur = val; cur && ! iter_in_new_menubar; cur = cur->next) |
2618 iter_in_new_menubar = xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name); | |
2619 | |
2620 if (val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) | |
49323 | 2621 { |
49572 | 2622 int nr = pos; |
2623 | |
49323 | 2624 /* This corresponds to: |
2625 Current: A B C | |
2626 New: A C | |
2627 Remove B. */ | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2628 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2629 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (witem)); |
49323 | 2630 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem)); |
2631 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (witem)); | |
2632 | |
2633 /* Must get new list since the old changed. */ | |
49572 | 2634 g_list_free (*list); |
2635 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2636 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2637 } |
49572 | 2638 else if (! val_in_menubar && ! iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2639 { |
2640 /* This corresponds to: | |
2641 Current: A B C | |
2642 New: A X C | |
2643 Rename B to X. This might seem to be a strange thing to do, | |
2644 since if there is a menu under B it will be totally wrong for X. | |
2645 But consider editing a C file. Then there is a C-mode menu | |
2646 (corresponds to B above). | |
2647 If then doing C-x C-f the minibuf menu (X above) replaces the | |
2648 C-mode menu. When returning from the minibuffer, we get | |
2649 back the C-mode menu. Thus we do: | |
2650 Rename B to X (C-mode to minibuf menu) | |
2651 Rename X to B (minibuf to C-mode menu). | |
2652 If the X menu hasn't been invoked, the menu under B | |
2653 is up to date when leaving the minibuffer. */ | |
2654 GtkLabel *wlabel = GTK_LABEL (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (witem))); | |
2655 char *utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2656 GtkWidget *submenu = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2657 |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2658 gtk_label_set_text (wlabel, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2659 |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2660 /* If this item has a submenu that has been detached, change |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2661 the title in the WM decorations also. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2662 if (submenu && gtk_menu_get_tearoff_state (GTK_MENU (submenu))) |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2663 /* Set the title of the detached window. */ |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2664 gtk_menu_set_title (GTK_MENU (submenu), utf8_label); |
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
2665 |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2666 if (utf8_label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49572 | 2667 iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2668 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2669 ++pos; |
49323 | 2670 } |
49572 | 2671 else if (! val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) |
49323 | 2672 { |
2673 /* This corresponds to: | |
2674 Current: A B C | |
2675 New: A X B C | |
2676 Insert X. */ | |
2677 | |
49572 | 2678 int nr = pos; |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2679 GSList *group = 0; |
49323 | 2680 GtkWidget *w = xg_create_one_menuitem (val, |
2681 f, | |
2682 select_cb, | |
2683 highlight_cb, | |
2684 cl_data, | |
2685 &group); | |
2686 | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2687 /* Create a possibly empty submenu for menu bar items, since some |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2688 themes don't highlight items correctly without it. */ |
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2689 GtkWidget *submenu = create_menus (NULL, f, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2690 select_cb, deactivate_cb, |
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2691 highlight_cb, |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2692 0, 0, 0, 0, cl_data, 0); |
49323 | 2693 gtk_widget_set_name (w, MENU_ITEM_NAME); |
2694 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), w, pos); | |
77511
1962a74982ce
(xg_update_menubar, create_menus): Create empty
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
76906
diff
changeset
|
2695 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (GTK_MENU_ITEM (w), submenu); |
49323 | 2696 |
49572 | 2697 g_list_free (*list); |
2698 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2699 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2700 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
49323 | 2701 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2702 ++pos; |
49323 | 2703 } |
49572 | 2704 else /* if (val_in_menubar && iter_in_new_menubar) */ |
49323 | 2705 { |
49572 | 2706 int nr = pos; |
49323 | 2707 /* This corresponds to: |
2708 Current: A B C | |
2709 New: A C B | |
2710 Move C before B */ | |
2711 | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2712 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (witem2)); |
49323 | 2713 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar), GTK_WIDGET (witem2)); |
2714 gtk_menu_shell_insert (GTK_MENU_SHELL (menubar), | |
2715 GTK_WIDGET (witem2), pos); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2716 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (witem2)); |
49323 | 2717 |
49572 | 2718 g_list_free (*list); |
2719 *list = iter = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
2720 while (nr-- > 0) iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
76906
bb6e75c27940
(xg_update_menubar): Call g_list_next after moving
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75576
diff
changeset
|
2721 if (iter) iter = g_list_next (iter); |
49323 | 2722 val = val->next; |
49572 | 2723 ++pos; |
49323 | 2724 } |
2725 } | |
2726 | |
2727 /* Update the rest of the menu bar. */ | |
49572 | 2728 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, list, iter, pos, val, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
2729 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
49323 | 2730 } |
2731 | |
2732 /* Update the menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2733 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2734 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
102358 | 2735 CL_DATA is the data to set in the widget for menu invocation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2736 |
49323 | 2737 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2738 xg_update_menu_item (widget_value *val, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2739 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2740 GCallback select_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2741 GCallback highlight_cb, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
2742 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2743 { |
2744 GtkWidget *wchild; | |
2745 GtkLabel *wlbl = 0; | |
2746 GtkLabel *wkey = 0; | |
2747 char *utf8_label; | |
2748 char *utf8_key; | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2749 const char *old_label = 0; |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2750 const char *old_key = 0; |
49323 | 2751 xg_menu_item_cb_data *cb_data; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2752 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2753 wchild = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (w)); |
49323 | 2754 utf8_label = get_utf8_string (val->name); |
2755 utf8_key = get_utf8_string (val->key); | |
2756 | |
2757 /* See if W is a menu item with a key. See make_menu_item above. */ | |
2758 if (GTK_IS_HBOX (wchild)) | |
2759 { | |
2760 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wchild)); | |
2761 | |
2762 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); | |
2763 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2764 g_list_free (list); |
2765 | |
49323 | 2766 if (! utf8_key) |
2767 { | |
2768 /* Remove the key and keep just the label. */ | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2769 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
49323 | 2770 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); |
2771 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), GTK_WIDGET (wlbl)); | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2772 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
49323 | 2773 wkey = 0; |
2774 } | |
49572 | 2775 |
49323 | 2776 } |
2777 else /* Just a label. */ | |
2778 { | |
2779 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (wchild); | |
2780 | |
2781 /* Check if there is now a key. */ | |
2782 if (utf8_key) | |
2783 { | |
2784 GtkWidget *wtoadd = make_widget_for_menu_item (utf8_label, utf8_key); | |
2785 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (wtoadd)); | |
49572 | 2786 |
49323 | 2787 wlbl = GTK_LABEL (list->data); |
2788 wkey = GTK_LABEL (list->next->data); | |
49572 | 2789 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 2790 |
2791 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wchild); | |
2792 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (w), wtoadd); | |
2793 } | |
2794 } | |
2795 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2796 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2797 if (wkey) old_key = gtk_label_get_label (wkey); |
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2798 if (wlbl) old_label = gtk_label_get_label (wlbl); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2799 |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2800 if (wkey && utf8_key && (! old_key || strcmp (utf8_key, old_key) != 0)) |
49323 | 2801 gtk_label_set_text (wkey, utf8_key); |
2802 | |
49488
da6abcaef15c
gtkutil.c: Check for NULL string before calling strcmp or strlen.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49468
diff
changeset
|
2803 if (! old_label || strcmp (utf8_label, old_label) != 0) |
50778
f30e6f029d65
* gtkutil.c (create_dialog, make_widget_for_menu_item)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50521
diff
changeset
|
2804 gtk_label_set_text (wlbl, utf8_label); |
49323 | 2805 |
109748
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2806 if (utf8_key) g_free (utf8_key); |
e2f8226efb99
Fix -Wwrite_strings in general and for Gtk+ specific code.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109726
diff
changeset
|
2807 if (utf8_label) g_free (utf8_label); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2808 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2809 if (! val->enabled && gtk_widget_get_sensitive (w)) |
49323 | 2810 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, FALSE); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2811 else if (val->enabled && ! gtk_widget_get_sensitive (w)) |
49323 | 2812 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (w, TRUE); |
2813 | |
2814 cb_data = (xg_menu_item_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), | |
2815 XG_ITEM_DATA); | |
2816 if (cb_data) | |
2817 { | |
2818 cb_data->call_data = val->call_data; | |
2819 cb_data->help = val->help; | |
2820 cb_data->cl_data = cl_data; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2821 |
49323 | 2822 /* We assume the callback functions don't change. */ |
2823 if (val->call_data && ! val->contents) | |
2824 { | |
2825 /* This item shall have a select callback. */ | |
2826 if (! cb_data->select_id) | |
2827 cb_data->select_id | |
2828 = g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (w), "activate", | |
2829 select_cb, cb_data); | |
2830 } | |
2831 else if (cb_data->select_id) | |
2832 { | |
2833 g_signal_handler_disconnect (w, cb_data->select_id); | |
2834 cb_data->select_id = 0; | |
2835 } | |
2836 } | |
2837 } | |
2838 | |
2839 /* Update the toggle menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2840 |
49323 | 2841 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2842 xg_update_toggle_item (widget_value *val, GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 2843 { |
2844 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2845 } | |
2846 | |
2847 /* Update the radio menu item W so it corresponds to VAL. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2848 |
49323 | 2849 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
2850 xg_update_radio_item (widget_value *val, GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 2851 { |
2852 gtk_check_menu_item_set_active (GTK_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w), val->selected); | |
2853 } | |
2854 | |
2855 /* Update the sub menu SUBMENU and all its children so it corresponds to VAL. | |
2856 SUBMENU may be NULL, in that case a new menu is created. | |
2857 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
2858 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
2859 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
2860 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
2861 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. | |
2862 CL_DATA is the call back data to use for any newly created items. | |
2863 | |
2864 Returns the updated submenu widget, that is SUBMENU unless SUBMENU | |
2865 was NULL. */ | |
2866 | |
2867 static GtkWidget * | |
109139
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2868 xg_update_submenu (GtkWidget *submenu, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2869 FRAME_PTR f, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2870 widget_value *val, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2871 GCallback select_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2872 GCallback deactivate_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2873 GCallback highlight_cb, |
c25c24812fb1
Convert declarations or definitions to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109126
diff
changeset
|
2874 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data) |
49323 | 2875 { |
2876 GtkWidget *newsub = submenu; | |
2877 GList *list = 0; | |
2878 GList *iter; | |
2879 widget_value *cur; | |
2880 int has_tearoff_p = 0; | |
2881 GList *first_radio = 0; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2882 |
49323 | 2883 if (submenu) |
2884 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (submenu)); | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2885 |
49323 | 2886 for (cur = val, iter = list; |
2887 cur && iter; | |
2888 iter = g_list_next (iter), cur = cur->next) | |
2889 { | |
2890 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2891 | |
2892 /* Skip tearoff items, they have no counterpart in val. */ | |
2893 if (GTK_IS_TEAROFF_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2894 { | |
2895 has_tearoff_p = 1; | |
2896 iter = g_list_next (iter); | |
2897 if (iter) w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); | |
2898 else break; | |
2899 } | |
2900 | |
2901 /* Remember first radio button in a group. If we get a mismatch in | |
2902 a radio group we must rebuild the whole group so that the connections | |
2903 in GTK becomes correct. */ | |
2904 if (cur->button_type == BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO && ! first_radio) | |
2905 first_radio = iter; | |
2906 else if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO | |
2907 && ! GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2908 first_radio = 0; | |
2909 | |
2910 if (GTK_IS_SEPARATOR_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2911 { | |
2912 if (! xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2913 break; | |
2914 } | |
2915 else if (GTK_IS_CHECK_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2916 { | |
2917 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_TOGGLE) | |
2918 break; | |
2919 xg_update_toggle_item (cur, w); | |
2920 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2921 } | |
2922 else if (GTK_IS_RADIO_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2923 { | |
2924 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_RADIO) | |
2925 break; | |
2926 xg_update_radio_item (cur, w); | |
2927 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2928 } | |
2929 else if (GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (w)) | |
2930 { | |
2931 GtkMenuItem *witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (w); | |
2932 GtkWidget *sub; | |
2933 | |
2934 if (cur->button_type != BUTTON_TYPE_NONE || | |
2935 xg_separator_p (cur->name)) | |
2936 break; | |
2937 | |
2938 xg_update_menu_item (cur, w, select_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2939 | |
2940 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
2941 if (sub && ! cur->contents) | |
2942 { | |
2943 /* Not a submenu anymore. */ | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2944 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (sub)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
2945 remove_submenu (witem); |
49323 | 2946 gtk_widget_destroy (sub); |
2947 } | |
2948 else if (cur->contents) | |
2949 { | |
2950 GtkWidget *nsub; | |
2951 | |
2952 nsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, f, cur->contents, | |
2953 select_cb, deactivate_cb, | |
2954 highlight_cb, cl_data); | |
2955 | |
2956 /* If this item just became a submenu, we must set it. */ | |
2957 if (nsub != sub) | |
2958 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, nsub); | |
2959 } | |
2960 } | |
2961 else | |
2962 { | |
2963 /* Structural difference. Remove everything from here and down | |
2964 in SUBMENU. */ | |
2965 break; | |
2966 } | |
2967 } | |
2968 | |
2969 /* Remove widgets from first structual change. */ | |
2970 if (iter) | |
2971 { | |
2972 /* If we are adding new menu items below, we must remove from | |
2973 first radio button so that radio groups become correct. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2974 if (cur && first_radio) xg_destroy_widgets (first_radio); |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
2975 else xg_destroy_widgets (iter); |
49323 | 2976 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2977 |
49323 | 2978 if (cur) |
2979 { | |
2980 /* More items added. Create them. */ | |
2981 newsub = create_menus (cur, | |
2982 f, | |
2983 select_cb, | |
2984 deactivate_cb, | |
2985 highlight_cb, | |
2986 0, | |
2987 0, | |
2988 ! has_tearoff_p, | |
2989 submenu, | |
2990 cl_data, | |
2991 0); | |
2992 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
2993 |
49572 | 2994 if (list) g_list_free (list); |
2995 | |
49323 | 2996 return newsub; |
2997 } | |
2998 | |
2999 /* Update the MENUBAR. | |
3000 F is the frame the menu bar belongs to. | |
3001 VAL describes the contents of the menu bar. | |
3002 If DEEP_P is non-zero, rebuild all but the top level menu names in | |
3003 the MENUBAR. If DEEP_P is zero, just rebuild the names in the menubar. | |
3004 SELECT_CB is the callback to use when a menu item is selected. | |
3005 DEACTIVATE_CB is the callback to use when a sub menu is not shown anymore. | |
3006 HIGHLIGHT_CB is the callback to call when entering/leaving menu items. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3007 |
49323 | 3008 void |
109364
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
3009 xg_modify_menubar_widgets (GtkWidget *menubar, FRAME_PTR f, widget_value *val, |
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
3010 int deep_p, |
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
3011 GCallback select_cb, GCallback deactivate_cb, |
89a16701cde1
Convert old-style definitions
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
109141
diff
changeset
|
3012 GCallback highlight_cb) |
49323 | 3013 { |
3014 xg_menu_cb_data *cl_data; | |
3015 GList *list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (menubar)); | |
3016 | |
3017 if (! list) return; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3018 |
49323 | 3019 cl_data = (xg_menu_cb_data*) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (menubar), |
3020 XG_FRAME_DATA); | |
3021 | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3022 xg_update_menubar (menubar, f, &list, list, 0, val->contents, |
96971
8a07ea5be91d
(xg_get_font_name): Cast w to GTK_FONT_SELECTION_DIALOG.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
96774
diff
changeset
|
3023 select_cb, deactivate_cb, highlight_cb, cl_data); |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3024 |
64783
0975467abc17
* gtkutil.c (xg_modify_menubar_widgets): Remove semicolon that
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
64770
diff
changeset
|
3025 if (deep_p) |
49323 | 3026 { |
3027 widget_value *cur; | |
3028 | |
3029 /* Update all sub menus. | |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3030 We must keep the submenus (GTK menu item widgets) since the |
49323 | 3031 X Window in the XEvent that activates the menu are those widgets. */ |
3032 | |
3033 /* Update cl_data, menu_item things in F may have changed. */ | |
3034 update_cl_data (cl_data, f, highlight_cb); | |
3035 | |
3036 for (cur = val->contents; cur; cur = cur->next) | |
3037 { | |
49572 | 3038 GList *iter; |
49323 | 3039 GtkWidget *sub = 0; |
3040 GtkWidget *newsub; | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3041 GtkMenuItem *witem = 0; |
49323 | 3042 |
3043 /* Find sub menu that corresponds to val and update it. */ | |
3044 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) | |
3045 { | |
3046 witem = GTK_MENU_ITEM (iter->data); | |
3047 if (xg_item_label_same_p (witem, cur->name)) | |
3048 { | |
3049 sub = gtk_menu_item_get_submenu (witem); | |
3050 break; | |
3051 } | |
3052 } | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
49323 | 3054 newsub = xg_update_submenu (sub, |
3055 f, | |
3056 cur->contents, | |
3057 select_cb, | |
3058 deactivate_cb, | |
3059 highlight_cb, | |
3060 cl_data); | |
3061 /* sub may still be NULL. If we just updated non deep and added | |
3062 a new menu bar item, it has no sub menu yet. So we set the | |
3063 newly created sub menu under witem. */ | |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3064 if (newsub != sub && witem != 0) |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3065 { |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3066 xg_set_screen (newsub, f); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3067 gtk_menu_item_set_submenu (witem, newsub); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3068 } |
49323 | 3069 } |
3070 } | |
3071 | |
49572 | 3072 g_list_free (list); |
49323 | 3073 gtk_widget_show_all (menubar); |
3074 } | |
3075 | |
3076 /* Recompute all the widgets of frame F, when the menu bar has been | |
3077 changed. Value is non-zero if widgets were updated. */ | |
3078 | |
3079 int | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3080 xg_update_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 3081 { |
3082 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3083 GtkRequisition req; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3084 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3085 if (!x->menubar_widget || gtk_widget_get_mapped (x->menubar_widget)) |
49323 | 3086 return 0; |
3087 | |
106012
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
3088 if (x->menubar_widget && gtk_widget_get_parent (x->menubar_widget)) |
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
3089 return 0; /* Already done this, happens for frames created invisible. */ |
fae53e3bfda0
gtkutil.c (xg_update_frame_menubar): Do nothing if menubar already has a parent.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105959
diff
changeset
|
3090 |
49323 | 3091 BLOCK_INPUT; |
3092 | |
3093 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, | |
3094 FALSE, FALSE, 0); | |
3095 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget, 0); | |
3096 | |
3097 gtk_widget_show_all (x->menubar_widget); | |
3098 gtk_widget_size_request (x->menubar_widget, &req); | |
3099 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3100 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
49323 | 3101 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
50106
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
3102 |
5675d6a0080c
(xg_update_frame_menubar): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50099
diff
changeset
|
3103 return 1; |
49323 | 3104 } |
3105 | |
3106 /* Get rid of the menu bar of frame F, and free its storage. | |
3107 This is used when deleting a frame, and when turning off the menu bar. */ | |
3108 | |
3109 void | |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3110 free_frame_menubar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 3111 { |
3112 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
3113 | |
3114 if (x->menubar_widget) | |
3115 { | |
3116 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
3117 | |
3118 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), x->menubar_widget); | |
3119 /* The menubar and its children shall be deleted when removed from | |
3120 the container. */ | |
3121 x->menubar_widget = 0; | |
3122 FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f) = 0; | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3123 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
49323 | 3124 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
3125 } | |
3126 } | |
3127 | |
109327
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3128 int |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3129 xg_event_is_for_menubar (FRAME_PTR f, XEvent *event) |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3130 { |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3131 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
109332
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3132 GList *iter; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3133 GdkRectangle rec; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3134 GList *list; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3135 GdkDisplay *gdpy; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3136 GdkWindow *gw; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3137 GdkEvent gevent; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3138 GtkWidget *gwdesc; |
109327
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3139 |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3140 if (! x->menubar_widget) return 0; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3141 |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3142 if (! (event->xbutton.x >= 0 |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3143 && event->xbutton.x < FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3144 && event->xbutton.y >= 0 |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3145 && event->xbutton.y < f->output_data.x->menubar_height |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3146 && event->xbutton.same_screen)) |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3147 return 0; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3148 |
109332
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3149 gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3150 gw = gdk_xid_table_lookup_for_display (gdpy, event->xbutton.window); |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3151 if (! gw) return 0; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3152 gevent.any.window = gw; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3153 gwdesc = gtk_get_event_widget (&gevent); |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3154 if (! gwdesc) return 0; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3155 if (! GTK_IS_MENU_BAR (gwdesc) |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3156 && ! GTK_IS_MENU_ITEM (gwdesc) |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3157 && ! gtk_widget_is_ancestor (x->menubar_widget, gwdesc)) |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3158 return 0; |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3159 |
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3160 list = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (x->menubar_widget)); |
109327
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3161 if (! list) return 0; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3162 rec.x = event->xbutton.x; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3163 rec.y = event->xbutton.y; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3164 rec.width = 1; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3165 rec.height = 1; |
109332
507549811e3e
* gtkutil.c (xg_event_is_for_menubar): Also check that event window
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109327
diff
changeset
|
3166 |
109327
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3167 for (iter = list ; iter; iter = g_list_next (iter)) |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3168 { |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3169 GtkWidget *w = GTK_WIDGET (iter->data); |
109454
514fed5c0ded
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_resized): GTK_IS_MAPPED => gtk_widget_get_mapped, for Gtk 3.0
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109452
diff
changeset
|
3170 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (w) && gtk_widget_intersect (w, &rec, NULL)) |
109327
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3171 break; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3172 } |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3173 g_list_free (list); |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3174 return iter == 0 ? 0 : 1; |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3175 } |
60266cf487b0
Fix menus as per bug 6499 and 6608.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107219
diff
changeset
|
3176 |
49323 | 3177 |
3178 | |
3179 /*********************************************************************** | |
3180 Scroll bar functions | |
3181 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3182 | |
3183 | |
3184 /* Setting scroll bar values invokes the callback. Use this variable | |
3185 to indicate that callback should do nothing. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3186 |
49323 | 3187 int xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar; |
3188 | |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3189 /* Xlib's `Window' fits in 32 bits. But we want to store pointers, and they |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3190 may be larger than 32 bits. Keep a mapping from integer index to widget |
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3191 pointers to get around the 32 bit limitation. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3192 |
49323 | 3193 static struct |
3194 { | |
3195 GtkWidget **widgets; | |
3196 int max_size; | |
3197 int used; | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
3198 } id_to_widget; |
49323 | 3199 |
3200 /* Grow this much every time we need to allocate more */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3201 |
49323 | 3202 #define ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR 32 |
3203 | |
3204 /* Store the widget pointer W in id_to_widget and return the integer index. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3205 |
49323 | 3206 static int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3207 xg_store_widget_in_map (GtkWidget *w) |
49323 | 3208 { |
3209 int i; | |
3210 | |
3211 if (id_to_widget.max_size == id_to_widget.used) | |
3212 { | |
3213 int new_size = id_to_widget.max_size + ID_TO_WIDGET_INCR; | |
3214 | |
3215 id_to_widget.widgets = xrealloc (id_to_widget.widgets, | |
3216 sizeof (GtkWidget *)*new_size); | |
3217 | |
3218 for (i = id_to_widget.max_size; i < new_size; ++i) | |
3219 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = 0; | |
3220 id_to_widget.max_size = new_size; | |
3221 } | |
3222 | |
3223 /* Just loop over the array and find a free place. After all, | |
3224 how many scroll bars are we creating? Should be a small number. | |
3225 The check above guarantees we will find a free place. */ | |
3226 for (i = 0; i < id_to_widget.max_size; ++i) | |
3227 { | |
3228 if (! id_to_widget.widgets[i]) | |
3229 { | |
3230 id_to_widget.widgets[i] = w; | |
3231 ++id_to_widget.used; | |
3232 | |
3233 return i; | |
3234 } | |
3235 } | |
3236 | |
3237 /* Should never end up here */ | |
3238 abort (); | |
3239 } | |
3240 | |
3241 /* Remove pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. | |
3242 Called when scroll bar is destroyed. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3243 |
49323 | 3244 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3245 xg_remove_widget_from_map (int idx) |
49323 | 3246 { |
3247 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3248 { | |
3249 id_to_widget.widgets[idx] = 0; | |
3250 --id_to_widget.used; | |
3251 } | |
3252 } | |
3253 | |
3254 /* Get the widget pointer at IDX from id_to_widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3255 |
49323 | 3256 static GtkWidget * |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3257 xg_get_widget_from_map (int idx) |
49323 | 3258 { |
3259 if (idx < id_to_widget.max_size && id_to_widget.widgets[idx] != 0) | |
3260 return id_to_widget.widgets[idx]; | |
3261 | |
3262 return 0; | |
3263 } | |
3264 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3265 /* Return the scrollbar id for X Window WID on display DPY. |
50063 | 3266 Return -1 if WID not in id_to_widget. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3267 |
50063 | 3268 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3269 xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (Display *dpy, Window wid) |
50063 | 3270 { |
3271 int idx; | |
3272 GtkWidget *w; | |
3273 | |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3274 w = xg_win_to_widget (dpy, wid); |
50063 | 3275 |
3276 if (w) | |
3277 { | |
3278 for (idx = 0; idx < id_to_widget.max_size; ++idx) | |
3279 if (id_to_widget.widgets[idx] == w) | |
3280 return idx; | |
3281 } | |
3282 | |
3283 return -1; | |
3284 } | |
3285 | |
49323 | 3286 /* Callback invoked when scroll bar WIDGET is destroyed. |
3287 DATA is the index into id_to_widget for WIDGET. | |
50129
d0142038feaa
Reduce flicker in GTK scrollbars.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50112
diff
changeset
|
3288 We free pointer to last scroll bar values here and remove the index. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3289 |
49323 | 3290 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3291 xg_gtk_scroll_destroy (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data) |
49323 | 3292 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3293 int id = (int) (EMACS_INT) data; /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3294 xg_remove_widget_from_map (id); |
3295 } | |
3296 | |
3297 /* Create a scroll bar widget for frame F. Store the scroll bar | |
3298 in BAR. | |
3299 SCROLL_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when the value of the | |
3300 bar changes. | |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3301 END_CALLBACK is the callback to invoke when scrolling ends. |
49323 | 3302 SCROLL_BAR_NAME is the name we use for the scroll bar. Can be used |
3303 to set resources for the widget. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3304 |
49323 | 3305 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3306 xg_create_scroll_bar (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3307 struct scroll_bar *bar, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3308 GCallback scroll_callback, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3309 GCallback end_callback, |
109717
8949aad5e992
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109668
diff
changeset
|
3310 const char *scroll_bar_name) |
49323 | 3311 { |
3312 GtkWidget *wscroll; | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3313 GtkWidget *webox; |
49323 | 3314 GtkObject *vadj; |
3315 int scroll_id; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3316 |
49323 | 3317 /* Page, step increment values are not so important here, they |
3318 will be corrected in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb. */ | |
3319 vadj = gtk_adjustment_new (XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MIN, XG_SB_MAX, | |
3320 0.1, 0.1, 0.1); | |
3321 | |
3322 wscroll = gtk_vscrollbar_new (GTK_ADJUSTMENT (vadj)); | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3323 webox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
49323 | 3324 gtk_widget_set_name (wscroll, scroll_bar_name); |
3325 gtk_range_set_update_policy (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), GTK_UPDATE_CONTINUOUS); | |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3326 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wscroll), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3327 |
49323 | 3328 scroll_id = xg_store_widget_in_map (wscroll); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3329 |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3330 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
49323 | 3331 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3332 "destroy", | |
3333 G_CALLBACK (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy), | |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3334 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) scroll_id); |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3335 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3336 "change-value", |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3337 scroll_callback, |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3338 (gpointer) bar); |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3339 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wscroll), |
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3340 "button-release-event", |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3341 end_callback, |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3342 (gpointer) bar); |
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3343 |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3344 /* The scroll bar widget does not draw on a window of its own. Instead |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3345 it draws on the parent window, in this case the edit widget. So |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3346 whenever the edit widget is cleared, the scroll bar needs to redraw |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3347 also, which causes flicker. Put an event box between the edit widget |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3348 and the scroll bar, so the scroll bar instead draws itself on the |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3349 event box window. */ |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3350 gtk_fixed_put (GTK_FIXED (f->output_data.x->edit_widget), webox, -1, -1); |
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3351 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (webox), wscroll); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3352 |
49323 | 3353 |
3354 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. */ | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3355 xg_set_cursor (webox, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->xg_cursor); |
49323 | 3356 |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3357 bar->x_window = scroll_id; |
49323 | 3358 } |
3359 | |
3360 /* Remove the scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID from the frame F. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3361 |
49323 | 3362 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3363 xg_remove_scroll_bar (FRAME_PTR f, int scrollbar_id) |
49323 | 3364 { |
3365 GtkWidget *w = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
3366 if (w) | |
3367 { | |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3368 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (w); |
49323 | 3369 gtk_widget_destroy (w); |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3370 gtk_widget_destroy (wparent); |
49323 | 3371 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3372 } | |
3373 } | |
3374 | |
3375 /* Update the position of the vertical scroll bar represented by SCROLLBAR_ID | |
3376 in frame F. | |
3377 TOP/LEFT are the new pixel positions where the bar shall appear. | |
3378 WIDTH, HEIGHT is the size in pixels the bar shall have. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3379 |
49323 | 3380 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3381 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (FRAME_PTR f, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3382 int scrollbar_id, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3383 int top, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3384 int left, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3385 int width, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3386 int height) |
49323 | 3387 { |
49572 | 3388 |
3389 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (scrollbar_id); | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3390 |
49572 | 3391 if (wscroll) |
3392 { | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3393 GtkWidget *wfixed = f->output_data.x->edit_widget; |
57597
754a6433f048
* gtkutil.c (xg_frame_cleared, xg_fixed_handle_expose,
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57575
diff
changeset
|
3394 GtkWidget *wparent = gtk_widget_get_parent (wscroll); |
109040
98796fa1a7f8
src/gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Avoid C99 mid-block variable declaration.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
109037
diff
changeset
|
3395 gint msl; |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3396 |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3397 /* Clear out old position. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3398 int oldx = -1, oldy = -1, oldw, oldh; |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3399 if (gtk_widget_get_parent (wparent) == wfixed) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3400 { |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3401 gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (wfixed), wparent, |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3402 "x", &oldx, "y", &oldy, NULL); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3403 gtk_widget_get_size_request (wscroll, &oldw, &oldh); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3404 } |
55342
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3405 |
44d086f5e08a
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call XClearWindow to clear
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
53275
diff
changeset
|
3406 /* Move and resize to new values. */ |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3407 gtk_fixed_move (GTK_FIXED (wfixed), wparent, left, top); |
109037
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3408 gtk_widget_style_get (wscroll, "min-slider-length", &msl, NULL); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3409 if (msl > height) |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3410 { |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3411 /* No room. Hide scroll bar as some themes output a warning if |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3412 the height is less than the min size. */ |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3413 gtk_widget_hide (wparent); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3414 gtk_widget_hide (wscroll); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3415 } |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3416 else |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3417 { |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3418 gtk_widget_show_all (wparent); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3419 gtk_widget_set_size_request (wscroll, width, height); |
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3420 } |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3421 gtk_widget_queue_draw (wfixed); |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3422 gdk_window_process_all_updates (); |
109037
3e9a832a5533
Hide scroll bar when window is too small to avoid Gtk+ warning.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108315
diff
changeset
|
3423 if (oldx != -1 && oldw > 0 && oldh > 0) |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3424 { |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3425 /* Clear under old scroll bar position. This must be done after |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3426 the gtk_widget_queue_draw and gdk_window_process_all_updates |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3427 above. */ |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3428 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3429 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3430 oldx, oldy, oldw, oldh, 0); |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3431 } |
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3432 |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3433 /* GTK does not redraw until the main loop is entered again, but |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3434 if there are no X events pending we will not enter it. So we sync |
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3435 here to get some events. */ |
106720
3db7e57ee4e9
Handle change of internal-border width when maximized.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106559
diff
changeset
|
3436 |
60553
5ace6337c8fa
* gtkutil.c (xg_update_scrollbar_pos): Call x_sync so that the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
60291
diff
changeset
|
3437 x_sync (f); |
49572 | 3438 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f); |
3439 cancel_mouse_face (f); | |
3440 } | |
49323 | 3441 } |
3442 | |
3443 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently | |
3444 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3445 |
49323 | 3446 void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3447 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar *bar, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3448 int portion, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3449 int position, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3450 int whole) |
49323 | 3451 { |
86161
3408ab8b4152
* xterm.h (struct scroll_bar): Only use Lisp_Object for lisp data.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
85938
diff
changeset
|
3452 GtkWidget *wscroll = xg_get_widget_from_map (bar->x_window); |
49323 | 3453 |
3454 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window))); | |
3455 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3456 if (wscroll && NILP (bar->dragging)) |
49323 | 3457 { |
3458 GtkAdjustment *adj; | |
3459 gdouble shown; | |
3460 gdouble top; | |
3461 int size, value; | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3462 int new_step; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3463 int changed = 0; |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3464 |
49323 | 3465 adj = gtk_range_get_adjustment (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)); |
3466 | |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3467 /* We do the same as for MOTIF in xterm.c, assume 30 chars per line |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3468 rather than the real portion value. This makes the thumb less likely |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3469 to resize and that looks better. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3470 portion = WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar->window)) * 30; |
50177
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3471 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole. |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3472 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */ |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3473 whole += portion; |
297925dd73b1
New approach to scrolling and scroll bars for better redraw and smoother
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50130
diff
changeset
|
3474 |
49323 | 3475 if (whole <= 0) |
3476 top = 0, shown = 1; | |
3477 else | |
3478 { | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3479 top = (gdouble) position / whole; |
49323 | 3480 shown = (gdouble) portion / whole; |
3481 } | |
3482 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3483 size = shown * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3484 size = min (size, XG_SB_RANGE); |
49323 | 3485 size = max (size, 1); |
3486 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3487 value = top * XG_SB_RANGE; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3488 value = min (value, XG_SB_MAX - size); |
49323 | 3489 value = max (value, XG_SB_MIN); |
3490 | |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3491 /* Assume all lines are of equal size. */ |
51211
28ea05de2dc5
Make (many) trivial substitutions for renamed and
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
50778
diff
changeset
|
3492 new_step = size / max (1, FRAME_LINES (f)); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3493 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3494 if ((int) gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj) != size |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3495 || (int) gtk_adjustment_get_step_increment (adj) != new_step) |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3496 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3497 gtk_adjustment_set_page_size (adj, size); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3498 gtk_adjustment_set_step_increment (adj, new_step); |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3499 /* Assume a page increment is about 95% of the page size */ |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3500 gtk_adjustment_set_page_increment (adj,(int) (0.95*size)); |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3501 changed = 1; |
50178
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3502 } |
61194aef8668
* gtkutil.c (xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb): Check if new values
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50177
diff
changeset
|
3503 |
50270
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3504 if (changed || (int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3505 { |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3506 BLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3507 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3508 /* gtk_range_set_value invokes the callback. Set |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3509 ignore_gtk_scrollbar to make the callback do nothing */ |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3510 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 1; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3511 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3512 if ((int) gtk_range_get_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll)) != value) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3513 gtk_range_set_value (GTK_RANGE (wscroll), (gdouble)value); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3514 else if (changed) |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3515 gtk_adjustment_changed (adj); |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3516 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3517 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3518 |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3519 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
fa50953c02dc
Finally (?) fix flicker in scroll bar.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50192
diff
changeset
|
3520 } |
49323 | 3521 } |
3522 } | |
3523 | |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3524 /* Return non-zero if EVENT is for a scroll bar in frame F. |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3525 When the same X window is used for several Gtk+ widgets, we cannot |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3526 say for sure based on the X window alone if an event is for the |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3527 frame. This function does additional checks. |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3528 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3529 Return non-zero if the event is for a scroll bar, zero otherwise. */ |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3530 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3531 int |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3532 xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (FRAME_PTR f, XEvent *event) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3533 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3534 int retval = 0; |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3535 |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3536 if (f && event->type == ButtonPress && event->xbutton.button < 4) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3537 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3538 /* Check if press occurred outside the edit widget. */ |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3539 GdkDisplay *gdpy = gdk_x11_lookup_xdisplay (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f)); |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3540 retval = gdk_display_get_window_at_pointer (gdpy, NULL, NULL) |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3541 != gtk_widget_get_window (f->output_data.x->edit_widget); |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3542 } |
106559
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3543 else if (f |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3544 && ((event->type == ButtonRelease && event->xbutton.button < 4) |
bac7488df503
Bug 5177: Scroll bar thumb did not move when scrolling with mouse wheel.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106549
diff
changeset
|
3545 || event->type == MotionNotify)) |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3546 { |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3547 /* If we are releasing or moving the scroll bar, it has the grab. */ |
107997
d94009e7a0cc
gtkutils.c (xg_event_is_for_scrollbar): Check if grabbed widget is a scrollbar.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107891
diff
changeset
|
3548 GtkWidget *w = gtk_grab_get_current (); |
d94009e7a0cc
gtkutils.c (xg_event_is_for_scrollbar): Check if grabbed widget is a scrollbar.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107891
diff
changeset
|
3549 retval = w != 0 && GTK_IS_SCROLLBAR (w); |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3550 } |
106549
3acd32c3e0ac
gtkutil.c: Scroll bar thumb not updated properly (bug #5177).
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
106512
diff
changeset
|
3551 |
105880
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3552 return retval; |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3553 } |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3554 |
5910e0380daf
Fix bug #4870, issues 3 and 4.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
105693
diff
changeset
|
3555 |
49323 | 3556 |
3557 /*********************************************************************** | |
3558 Tool bar functions | |
3559 ***********************************************************************/ | |
3560 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is | |
3561 the image used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update | |
3562 the GtkImage with a new image. */ | |
3563 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA "emacs-tool-bar-image" | |
3564 | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3565 /* The key for storing the latest modifiers so the activate callback can |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3566 get them. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3567 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER "emacs-tool-bar-modifier" |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3568 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3569 /* The key for storing the button widget in its proxy menu item. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3570 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON "emacs-tool-bar-proxy-button" |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3571 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3572 /* The key for the data we put in the GtkImage widgets. The data is |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3573 the stock name used by Emacs. We use this to see if we need to update |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3574 the GtkImage with a new image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3575 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-stock-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3576 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3577 /* As above, but this is used for named theme widgets, as opposed to |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3578 stock items. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3579 #define XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME "emacs-tool-bar-icon-name" |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3580 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3581 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3582 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3583 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3584 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
3585 |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3586 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3587 xg_tool_bar_button_cb (GtkWidget *widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3588 GdkEventButton *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3589 gpointer user_data) |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3590 { |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3591 /* Casts to avoid warnings when gpointer is 64 bits and int is 32 bits */ |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3592 gpointer ptr = (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) event->state; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3593 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER, ptr); |
68922 | 3594 return FALSE; |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3595 } |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3596 |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3597 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3598 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed. |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3599 W is the button widget in the tool bar that got pressed, |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3600 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3601 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
3602 |
49323 | 3603 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3604 xg_tool_bar_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3605 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3606 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3607 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
73389
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3608 int mod = (int) (EMACS_INT) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
7b5c0104efb0
* gtkutil.c (get_utf8_string): Remove warnings with casts.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
73066
diff
changeset
|
3609 XG_TOOL_BAR_LAST_MODIFIER); |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3610 |
49323 | 3611 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3612 Lisp_Object key, frame; | |
3613 struct input_event event; | |
51569
e7bd8581e306
(xg_tool_bar_callback): Don't pass uninitialized
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
51432
diff
changeset
|
3614 EVENT_INIT (event); |
49323 | 3615 |
3616 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
3617 return; | |
3618 | |
3619 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
3620 |
49323 | 3621 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY); |
3622 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
78538
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3623 |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3624 /* We generate two events here. The first one is to set the prefix |
2fcf45c12927
(update_frame_tool_bar): Use -1 as index
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78260
diff
changeset
|
3625 to `(tool_bar)', see keyboard.c. */ |
49323 | 3626 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
3627 event.frame_or_window = frame; | |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3628 event.arg = frame; |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3629 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3630 |
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3631 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT; |
49323 | 3632 event.frame_or_window = frame; |
3633 event.arg = key; | |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3634 /* Convert between the modifier bits GDK uses and the modifier bits |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3635 Emacs uses. This assumes GDK and X masks are the same, which they are when |
68874
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3636 this is written. */ |
8ccdd5aee32d
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_button_cb): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68651
diff
changeset
|
3637 event.modifiers = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f), mod); |
49323 | 3638 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event); |
102549
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3639 |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3640 /* Return focus to the frame after we have clicked on a detached |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3641 tool bar button. */ |
f737bc68655e
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_callback): Set focus back to the frame
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102358
diff
changeset
|
3642 Fx_focus_frame (frame); |
49323 | 3643 } |
3644 | |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3645 /* Callback function invoked when a tool bar item is pressed in a detached |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3646 tool bar or the overflow drop down menu. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3647 We just call xg_tool_bar_callback. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3648 W is the menu item widget that got pressed, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3649 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3650 tool bar. 0 is the first button. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3651 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3652 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3653 xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback (GtkWidget *w, gpointer client_data) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3654 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3655 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3656 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3657 xg_tool_bar_callback (wbutton, client_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3658 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3659 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3660 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3661 static gboolean |
109100
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3662 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3663 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
2bc9a0c04c87
Remove __P and P_ from .c and .m files and definition of P_
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109067
diff
changeset
|
3664 gpointer client_data); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3665 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3666 /* This callback is called when a help is to be shown for an item in |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3667 the detached tool bar when the detached tool bar it is not expanded. */ |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3668 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3669 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3670 xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3671 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3672 gpointer client_data) |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3673 { |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3674 GtkWidget *wbutton = GTK_WIDGET (g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3675 XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON)); |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3676 |
106512
471e6932ea09
(xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): Fix missing return.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@linux-m68k.org>
parents:
106186
diff
changeset
|
3677 return xg_tool_bar_help_callback (wbutton, event, client_data); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3678 } |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3679 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3680 static GtkWidget * |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3681 xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (GtkWidget *vb, GtkWidget **wimage) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3682 { |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3683 GList *clist = gtk_container_get_children (GTK_CONTAINER (vb)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3684 GtkWidget *c1 = (GtkWidget *) clist->data; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3685 GtkWidget *c2 = (GtkWidget *) clist->next->data; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3686 *wimage = GTK_IS_IMAGE (c1) ? c1 : c2; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3687 g_list_free (clist); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3688 return GTK_IS_LABEL (c1) ? c1 : c2; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3689 } |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3690 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3691 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3692 /* This callback is called when a tool item should create a proxy item, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3693 such as for the overflow menu. Also called when the tool bar is detached. |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3694 If we don't create a proxy menu item, the detached tool bar will be |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3695 blank. */ |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3696 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3697 static gboolean |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
3698 xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy (GtkToolItem *toolitem, gpointer user_data) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3699 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3700 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (toolitem)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3701 GtkButton *wbutton = GTK_BUTTON (gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox))); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3702 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3703 GtkWidget *c1; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3704 GtkLabel *wlbl = GTK_LABEL (xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &c1)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3705 GtkImage *wimage = GTK_IMAGE (c1); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3706 GtkWidget *wmenuitem = gtk_image_menu_item_new_with_label |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
3707 (gtk_label_get_text (wlbl)); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3708 GtkWidget *wmenuimage; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3709 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3710 |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3711 if (gtk_button_get_use_stock (wbutton)) |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3712 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (gtk_button_get_label (wbutton), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3713 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3714 else |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3715 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3716 GtkSettings *settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3717 GtkImageType store_type = gtk_image_get_storage_type (wimage); |
85938
d7e05ac913d8
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
84621
diff
changeset
|
3718 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3719 if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_STOCK) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3720 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3721 gchar *stock_id; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3722 gtk_image_get_stock (wimage, &stock_id, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3723 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_id, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3724 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3725 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_SET) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3726 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3727 GtkIconSet *icon_set; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3728 gtk_image_get_icon_set (wimage, &icon_set, NULL); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3729 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_set (icon_set, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3730 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3731 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3732 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3733 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3734 gint width, height; |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3735 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3736 if (settings && |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3737 gtk_icon_size_lookup_for_settings (settings, GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3738 &width, &height)) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3739 { |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3740 GdkPixbuf *src_pixbuf, *dest_pixbuf; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3741 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3742 src_pixbuf = gtk_image_get_pixbuf (wimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3743 dest_pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_scale_simple (src_pixbuf, width, height, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3744 GDK_INTERP_BILINEAR); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3745 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3746 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_pixbuf (dest_pixbuf); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3747 } |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3748 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3749 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3750 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: GTK_IMAGE_PIXBUF failed\n"); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3751 abort (); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3752 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3753 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
3754 else if (store_type == GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME) |
79340
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3755 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3756 const gchar *icon_name; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3757 GtkIconSize icon_size; |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3758 |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3759 gtk_image_get_icon_name (wimage, &icon_name, &icon_size); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3760 wmenuimage = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3761 GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3762 } |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3763 else |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3764 { |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3765 fprintf (stderr, "internal error: store_type is %d\n", store_type); |
7c710af0ae5e
(xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy): Handle GTK_IMAGE_ICON_NAME and
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78809
diff
changeset
|
3766 abort (); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3767 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3768 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3769 if (wmenuimage) |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3770 gtk_image_menu_item_set_image (GTK_IMAGE_MENU_ITEM (wmenuitem), wmenuimage); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3771 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3772 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3773 "activate", |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
3774 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_callback), |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3775 user_data); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3776 |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3777 |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3778 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), XG_TOOL_BAR_PROXY_BUTTON, |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3779 (gpointer) wbutton); |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3780 gtk_tool_item_set_proxy_menu_item (toolitem, "Emacs toolbar item", wmenuitem); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3781 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wmenuitem, |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3782 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton))); |
103673
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3783 |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3784 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3785 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3786 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3787 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3788 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3789 "enter-notify-event", |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3790 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3791 user_data); |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3792 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wmenuitem), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3793 "leave-notify-event", |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3794 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback), |
34f3338fd2bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_proxy_help_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103665
diff
changeset
|
3795 user_data); |
75009
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3796 |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3797 return TRUE; |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3798 } |
6ec19c8cca02
(update_frame_tool_bar): Connect create-menu-proxy with
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74990
diff
changeset
|
3799 |
49323 | 3800 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is detached. We must set |
3801 the height of the tool bar to zero when this happens so frame sizes | |
3802 are correctly calculated. | |
3803 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3804 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3805 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3806 |
49323 | 3807 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3808 xg_tool_bar_detach_callback (GtkHandleBox *wbox, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3809 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3810 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3811 { |
3812 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3813 extern int x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar; |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3814 |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3815 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", !x_gtk_whole_detached_tool_bar, |
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3816 NULL); |
49323 | 3817 |
3818 if (f) | |
3819 { | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3820 GtkRequisition req, req2; |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3821 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 1; |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3822 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wbox), &req); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3823 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req2); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3824 req.width -= req2.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3825 req.height -= req2.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3826 if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3827 FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3828 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3829 FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3830 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3831 FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3832 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3833 FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3834 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
49323 | 3835 } |
3836 } | |
3837 | |
3838 /* This callback is called when a tool bar is reattached. We must set | |
3839 the height of the tool bar when this happens so frame sizes | |
3840 are correctly calculated. | |
3841 WBOX is the handle box widget that enables detach/attach of the tool bar. | |
3842 W is the tool bar widget. | |
3843 CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the frame the tool bar belongs to. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3844 |
49323 | 3845 static void |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3846 xg_tool_bar_attach_callback (GtkHandleBox *wbox, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3847 GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3848 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3849 { |
3850 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) client_data; | |
68879
3249a3dd3284
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback): Set show-arrow to the
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
68874
diff
changeset
|
3851 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (w), "show-arrow", TRUE, NULL); |
49323 | 3852 |
3853 if (f) | |
3854 { | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3855 GtkRequisition req, req2; |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
3856 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f)->toolbar_detached = 0; |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3857 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (wbox), &req); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3858 gtk_widget_size_request (w, &req2); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3859 req.width += req2.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3860 req.height += req2.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3861 if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3862 FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3863 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3864 FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3865 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3866 FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3867 else if (FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) != 0) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3868 FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3869 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
49323 | 3870 } |
3871 } | |
3872 | |
3873 /* This callback is called when the mouse enters or leaves a tool bar item. | |
3874 It is used for displaying and hiding the help text. | |
3875 W is the tool bar item, a button. | |
3876 EVENT is either an enter event or leave event. | |
3877 CLIENT_DATA is an integer that is the index of the button in the | |
3878 tool bar. 0 is the first button. | |
3879 | |
3880 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3881 |
49323 | 3882 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3883 xg_tool_bar_help_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3884 GdkEventCrossing *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3885 gpointer client_data) |
49323 | 3886 { |
59411
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3887 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
ecb6689e04bf
* gtkutil.c (xg_gtk_scroll_destroy, xg_create_scroll_bar)
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59102
diff
changeset
|
3888 int idx = (int) (EMACS_INT) client_data; |
49323 | 3889 FRAME_PTR f = (FRAME_PTR) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_FRAME_DATA); |
3890 Lisp_Object help, frame; | |
3891 | |
3892 if (! f || ! f->n_tool_bar_items || NILP (f->tool_bar_items)) | |
50108
a9ff586d3d09
(xg_tool_bar_help_callback): Add missing return value.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
50106
diff
changeset
|
3893 return FALSE; |
49323 | 3894 |
3895 if (event->type == GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY) | |
3896 { | |
3897 idx *= TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS; | |
3898 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP); | |
3899 | |
3900 if (NILP (help)) | |
3901 help = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION); | |
3902 } | |
3903 else | |
3904 help = Qnil; | |
3905 | |
3906 XSETFRAME (frame, f); | |
3907 kbd_buffer_store_help_event (frame, help); | |
3908 | |
3909 return FALSE; | |
3910 } | |
3911 | |
3912 | |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3913 /* This callback is called when a tool bar item shall be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3914 It modifies the expose event so that the GtkImage widget redraws the |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3915 whole image. This to overcome a bug that makes GtkImage draw the image |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3916 in the wrong place when it tries to redraw just a part of the image. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3917 W is the GtkImage to be redrawn. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3918 EVENT is the expose event for W. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3919 CLIENT_DATA is unused. |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3920 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3921 Returns FALSE to tell GTK to keep processing this event. */ |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3922 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3923 static gboolean |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3924 xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback (GtkWidget *w, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3925 GdkEventExpose *event, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
3926 gpointer client_data) |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3927 { |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3928 gint width, height; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3929 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3930 gdk_drawable_get_size (event->window, &width, &height); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3931 |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3932 event->area.x -= width > event->area.width ? width-event->area.width : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3933 event->area.y -= height > event->area.height ? height-event->area.height : 0; |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3934 |
53069
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3935 event->area.x = max (0, event->area.x); |
1218a42792ea
Implement multiple display handling for GTK.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52981
diff
changeset
|
3936 event->area.y = max (0, event->area.y); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3937 |
50333
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3938 event->area.width = max (width, event->area.width); |
60da21fd968b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback): Reduce size
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
50318
diff
changeset
|
3939 event->area.height = max (height, event->area.height); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
3940 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3941 return FALSE; |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3942 } |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
3943 |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3944 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_ORIENTABLE_SET_ORIENTATION |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3945 #define toolbar_set_orientation(w, o) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3946 gtk_orientable_set_orientation (GTK_ORIENTABLE (w), o) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3947 #else |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3948 #define toolbar_set_orientation(w, o) \ |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3949 gtk_toolbar_set_orientation (GTK_TOOLBAR (w), o) |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
3950 #endif |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
3951 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3952 /* Attach a tool bar to frame F. */ |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3953 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3954 static void |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3955 xg_pack_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f, Lisp_Object pos) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3956 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3957 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3958 int into_hbox = EQ (pos, Qleft) || EQ (pos, Qright); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3959 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3960 toolbar_set_orientation (x->toolbar_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3961 into_hbox |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3962 ? GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3963 : GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3964 if (!x->handlebox_widget) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3965 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3966 x->handlebox_widget = gtk_handle_box_new (); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3967 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-detached", |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3968 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_detach_callback), f); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3969 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (x->handlebox_widget), "child-attached", |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3970 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_attach_callback), f); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3971 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (x->handlebox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3972 x->toolbar_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3973 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3974 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3975 if (into_hbox) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3976 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3977 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->hbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3978 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3979 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3980 if (EQ (pos, Qleft)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3981 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->hbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3982 x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3983 0); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3984 x->toolbar_in_hbox = 1; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3985 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3986 else |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3987 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3988 int vbox_pos = x->menubar_widget ? 1 : 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3989 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3990 FALSE, FALSE, 0); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3991 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3992 if (EQ (pos, Qtop)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3993 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (x->vbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3994 x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3995 vbox_pos); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3996 x->toolbar_in_hbox = 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3997 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3998 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
3999 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4000 /* Create a tool bar for frame F. */ |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4001 |
49323 | 4002 static void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4003 xg_create_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 4004 { |
4005 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4006 | |
4007 x->toolbar_widget = gtk_toolbar_new (); | |
59420
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4008 x->toolbar_detached = 0; |
eb72706060ad
* xterm.h (struct x_output): New member, toolbar_detached.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59411
diff
changeset
|
4009 |
49826
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4010 gtk_widget_set_name (x->toolbar_widget, "emacs-toolbar"); |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4011 |
e99f1a981a3b
* gtkutil.c (xg_tool_bar_expose_callback): New function.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
4012 gtk_toolbar_set_style (GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget), GTK_TOOLBAR_ICONS); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4013 toolbar_set_orientation (x->toolbar_widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL); |
49323 | 4014 } |
4015 | |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4016 |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4017 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX)) |
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4018 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4019 /* Find the right-to-left image named by RTL in the tool bar images for F. |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4020 Returns IMAGE if RTL is not found. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4021 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4022 static Lisp_Object |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4023 find_rtl_image (FRAME_PTR f, Lisp_Object image, Lisp_Object rtl) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4024 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4025 int i; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4026 Lisp_Object file, rtl_name; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4027 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4028 GCPRO2 (file, rtl_name); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4029 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4030 rtl_name = Ffile_name_nondirectory (rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4031 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4032 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4033 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4034 Lisp_Object rtl_image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4035 if (!NILP (file = file_for_image (rtl_image))) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4036 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4037 file = call1 (intern ("file-name-sans-extension"), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4038 Ffile_name_nondirectory (file)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4039 if (EQ (Fequal (file, rtl_name), Qt)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4040 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4041 image = rtl_image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4042 break; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4043 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4044 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4045 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4046 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4047 return image; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4048 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4049 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4050 static GtkToolItem * |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4051 xg_make_tool_item (FRAME_PTR f, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4052 GtkWidget *wimage, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4053 GtkWidget **wbutton, |
109726
64732fa6188a
Use const char* instead of char*.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109717
diff
changeset
|
4054 const char *label, |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4055 int i) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4056 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4057 GtkToolItem *ti = gtk_tool_item_new (); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4058 Lisp_Object style = Ftool_bar_get_system_style (); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4059 int both_horiz = EQ (style, Qboth_horiz); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4060 int text_image = EQ (style, Qtext_image_horiz); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4061 |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4062 GtkWidget *vb = both_horiz || text_image |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4063 ? gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0) : gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4064 GtkWidget *wb = gtk_button_new (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4065 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_event_box_new (); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4066 |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4067 if (wimage && ! text_image) |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4068 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vb), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4069 |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4070 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vb), gtk_label_new (label), TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4071 |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4072 if (wimage && text_image) |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4073 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (vb), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4074 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4075 gtk_button_set_focus_on_click (GTK_BUTTON (wb), FALSE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4076 gtk_button_set_relief (GTK_BUTTON (wb), GTK_RELIEF_NONE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4077 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wb), vb); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4078 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (weventbox), wb); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4079 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (ti), weventbox); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4080 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4081 if (wimage) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4082 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4083 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4084 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), "create-menu-proxy", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4085 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_menu_proxy), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4086 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4087 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4088 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (wb), "clicked", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4089 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4090 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4091 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4092 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (weventbox), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4093 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4094 /* Catch expose events to overcome an annoying redraw bug, see |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4095 comment for xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4096 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (ti), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4097 "expose-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4098 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_item_expose_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4099 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4100 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4101 gtk_tool_item_set_homogeneous (ti, FALSE); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4102 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4103 /* Callback to save modifyer mask (Shift/Control, etc). GTK makes |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4104 no distinction based on modifiers in the activate callback, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4105 so we have to do it ourselves. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4106 g_signal_connect (wb, "button-release-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4107 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_button_cb), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4108 NULL); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4109 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4110 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wb), XG_FRAME_DATA, (gpointer)f); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4111 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4112 /* Use enter/leave notify to show help. We use the events |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4113 rather than the GtkButton specific signals "enter" and |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4114 "leave", so we can have only one callback. The event |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4115 will tell us what kind of event it is. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4116 /* The EMACS_INT cast avoids a warning. */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4117 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4118 "enter-notify-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4119 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4120 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4121 g_signal_connect (G_OBJECT (weventbox), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4122 "leave-notify-event", |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4123 G_CALLBACK (xg_tool_bar_help_callback), |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4124 (gpointer) (EMACS_INT) i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4125 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4126 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4127 if (wbutton) *wbutton = wb; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4128 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4129 return ti; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4130 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4131 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4132 static void |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4133 xg_show_toolbar_item (GtkToolItem *ti) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4134 { |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4135 Lisp_Object style = Ftool_bar_get_system_style (); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4136 int both_horiz = EQ (style, Qboth_horiz); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4137 int text_image = EQ (style, Qtext_image_horiz); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4138 |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4139 int horiz = both_horiz || text_image; |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4140 int show_label = ! EQ (style, Qimage); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4141 int show_image = ! EQ (style, Qtext); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4142 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4143 GtkWidget *weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4144 GtkWidget *wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4145 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4146 GtkWidget *wimage; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4147 GtkWidget *wlbl = xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &wimage); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4148 GtkWidget *new_box = NULL; |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4149 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4150 if (GTK_IS_VBOX (vb) && horiz) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4151 new_box = gtk_hbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4152 else if (GTK_IS_HBOX (vb) && !horiz && show_label && show_image) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4153 new_box = gtk_vbox_new (FALSE, 0); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4154 |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4155 if (!new_box && horiz) |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4156 gtk_box_reorder_child (GTK_BOX (vb), wlbl, text_image ? 0 : 1); |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4157 else if (new_box) |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4158 { |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4159 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wimage)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4160 g_object_ref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4161 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (vb), wimage); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4162 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (vb), wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4163 gtk_widget_destroy (GTK_WIDGET (vb)); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4164 if (! text_image) |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4165 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_box), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4166 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_box), wlbl, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
109566
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4167 if (text_image) |
d03bc4a3fced
Add tool bar style text-image-horiz (text to the left of the image).
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109454
diff
changeset
|
4168 gtk_box_pack_start (GTK_BOX (new_box), wimage, TRUE, TRUE, 0); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4169 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (wbutton), new_box); |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4170 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wimage)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4171 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (wlbl)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4172 vb = new_box; |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4173 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4174 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4175 if (show_label) gtk_widget_show (wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4176 else gtk_widget_hide (wlbl); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4177 if (show_image) gtk_widget_show (wimage); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4178 else gtk_widget_hide (wimage); |
108315
8bb62bdbd80a
Fix bug #6139, text is briefly shown in tool bar on startup.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
108082
diff
changeset
|
4179 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (weventbox)); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4180 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (vb)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4181 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (wbutton)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4182 gtk_widget_show (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4183 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4184 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4185 static int |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4186 xg_update_tool_bar_sizes (FRAME_PTR f) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4187 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4188 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4189 GtkRequisition req; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4190 int nl = 0, nr = 0, nt = 0, nb = 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4191 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4192 gtk_widget_size_request (GTK_WIDGET (x->handlebox_widget), &req); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4193 if (x->toolbar_in_hbox) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4194 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4195 int pos; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4196 gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (x->hbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4197 x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4198 "position", &pos, NULL); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4199 if (pos == 0) nl = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4200 else nr = req.width; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4201 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4202 else |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4203 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4204 int pos; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4205 gtk_container_child_get (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4206 x->handlebox_widget, |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4207 "position", &pos, NULL); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4208 if (pos == 0 || (pos == 1 && x->menubar_widget)) nt = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4209 else nb = req.height; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4210 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4211 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4212 if (nl != FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4213 || nr != FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4214 || nt != FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4215 || nb != FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4216 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4217 FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) = FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4218 = FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) = FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4219 FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) = nl; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4220 FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) = nr; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4221 FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) = nt; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4222 FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) = nb; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4223 return 1; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4224 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4225 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4226 return 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4227 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4228 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4229 |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4230 /* Update the tool bar for frame F. Add new buttons and remove old. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4231 |
49323 | 4232 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4233 update_frame_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 4234 { |
4235 int i; | |
4236 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
75576
e852dba095f9
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize h/vmargin to 0.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75417
diff
changeset
|
4237 int hmargin = 0, vmargin = 0; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4238 GtkToolbar *wtoolbar; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4239 GtkToolItem *ti; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4240 GtkTextDirection dir; |
92366
39b38c867ca4
(xg_resize_outer_widget): Only do one of set_geometry or
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
91632
diff
changeset
|
4241 int pack_tool_bar = x->handlebox_widget == NULL; |
49323 | 4242 |
4243 if (! FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f)) | |
4244 return; | |
4245 | |
4246 BLOCK_INPUT; | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4247 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4248 if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4249 && XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4250 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4251 hmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4252 vmargin = XFASTINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4253 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4254 else if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4255 { |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4256 if (INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4257 && XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4258 hmargin = XFASTINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4259 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4260 if (INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4261 && XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)) > 0) |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4262 vmargin = XFASTINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin)); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4263 } |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4264 |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4265 /* The natural size (i.e. when GTK uses 0 as margin) looks best, |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4266 so take DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN to mean "default for GTK", |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4267 i.e. zero. This means that margins less than |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4268 DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN has no effect. */ |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4269 hmargin = max (0, hmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4270 vmargin = max (0, vmargin - DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_MARGIN); |
60185
391f44959566
(xg_create_frame_widgets): UNBLOCK_INPUT on error.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents:
59913
diff
changeset
|
4271 |
49323 | 4272 if (! x->toolbar_widget) |
4273 xg_create_tool_bar (f); | |
4274 | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4275 wtoolbar = GTK_TOOLBAR (x->toolbar_widget); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4276 dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4277 |
49323 | 4278 for (i = 0; i < f->n_tool_bar_items; ++i) |
4279 { | |
4280 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P)); | |
4281 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P)); | |
4282 int idx; | |
4283 int img_id; | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4284 int icon_size = 0; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4285 struct image *img = NULL; |
49323 | 4286 Lisp_Object image; |
100100
f5d2a2e44839
(update_frame_tool_bar): Initialize variable.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
98555
diff
changeset
|
4287 Lisp_Object stock = Qnil; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4288 GtkStockItem stock_item; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4289 char *stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4290 char *icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4291 Lisp_Object rtl; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4292 GtkWidget *wbutton = NULL; |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4293 GtkWidget *weventbox; |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
4294 Lisp_Object specified_file; |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4295 char *label = SSDATA (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_LABEL)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4296 |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4297 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), i); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4298 |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4299 if (ti) |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4300 { |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4301 weventbox = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4302 wbutton = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (weventbox)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4303 } |
49323 | 4304 |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4305 |
49323 | 4306 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES); |
4307 | |
4308 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */ | |
4309 if (!valid_image_p (image)) | |
4310 { | |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4311 if (wbutton) gtk_widget_hide (wbutton); |
49323 | 4312 continue; |
4313 } | |
4314 | |
79460
1d493051aed3
(update_frame_tool_bar): Don't call x-gtk-map-stock if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
79340
diff
changeset
|
4315 specified_file = file_for_image (image); |
103916
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
4316 if (!NILP (specified_file) && !NILP (Ffboundp (Qx_gtk_map_stock))) |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
4317 stock = call1 (Qx_gtk_map_stock, specified_file); |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
4318 |
9653887b5cd0
* xterm.c (Qx_gtk_map_stock): New var.
Chong Yidong <cyd@stupidchicken.com>
parents:
103690
diff
changeset
|
4319 if (STRINGP (stock)) |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
4320 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4321 stock_name = SSDATA (stock); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4322 if (stock_name[0] == 'n' && stock_name[1] == ':') |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4323 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4324 GdkScreen *screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (GTK_WIDGET (wtoolbar)); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4325 GtkIconTheme *icon_theme = gtk_icon_theme_get_for_screen (screen); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4326 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4327 icon_name = stock_name + 2; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4328 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4329 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4330 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4331 if (! gtk_icon_theme_has_icon (icon_theme, icon_name)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4332 icon_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4333 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4334 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4335 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4336 else if (gtk_stock_lookup (SSDATA (stock), &stock_item)) |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4337 icon_size = gtk_toolbar_get_icon_size (wtoolbar); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4338 else |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4339 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4340 stock = Qnil; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4341 stock_name = NULL; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4342 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4343 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4344 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4345 if (stock_name == NULL && icon_name == NULL) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4346 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4347 /* No stock image, or stock item not known. Try regular image. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4348 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4349 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4350 button state. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4351 if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4352 && !NILP (rtl = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_RTL_IMAGE)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4353 && STRINGP (rtl)) |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4354 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4355 image = find_rtl_image (f, image, rtl); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4356 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4357 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4358 if (VECTORP (image)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4359 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4360 if (enabled_p) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4361 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4362 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4363 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4364 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4365 idx = (selected_p |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4366 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4367 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4368 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4369 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4370 image = AREF (image, idx); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4371 } |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4372 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4373 idx = -1; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4374 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4375 img_id = lookup_image (f, image); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4376 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (f, img_id); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4377 prepare_image_for_display (f, img); |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4378 |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4379 if (img->load_failed_p || img->pixmap == None) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4380 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4381 if (ti) |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4382 gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4383 else |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4384 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4385 /* Insert an empty (non-image) button */ |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4386 ti = xg_make_tool_item (f, NULL, NULL, "", i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4387 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), ti, -1); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4388 } |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4389 continue; |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4390 } |
49468
f2be5cd8262f
gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Call prepare_image_for_display
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49434
diff
changeset
|
4391 } |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4392 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4393 if (ti == NULL) |
49323 | 4394 { |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4395 GtkWidget *w; |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4396 if (stock_name) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4397 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4398 w = gtk_image_new_from_stock (stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4399 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4400 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4401 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4402 } |
102283
43221c2f4272
Fix typo in comment.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
100951
diff
changeset
|
4403 else if (icon_name) |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4404 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4405 w = gtk_image_new_from_icon_name (icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4406 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4407 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4408 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4409 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4410 else |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4411 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4412 w = xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4413 /* Save the image so we can see if an update is needed when |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4414 this function is called again. */ |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4415 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (w), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4416 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4417 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4418 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4419 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (w), hmargin, vmargin); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4420 ti = xg_make_tool_item (f, w, &wbutton, label, i); |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4421 gtk_toolbar_insert (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), ti, -1); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4422 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
49323 | 4423 } |
4424 else | |
4425 { | |
109067
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4426 GtkWidget *vb = gtk_bin_get_child (GTK_BIN (wbutton)); |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4427 GtkWidget *wimage; |
b5f73bf59a4f
Use non-deprecated Gtk+ functions, add changes for Gtk+3 with GSEAL_ENABLE.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109040
diff
changeset
|
4428 GtkWidget *wlbl = xg_get_tool_bar_widgets (vb, &wimage); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4429 |
50059
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4430 Pixmap old_img = (Pixmap)g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
ffb4a4dbe4c0
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Compare pixmap ID instead of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49826
diff
changeset
|
4431 XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4432 gpointer old_stock_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4433 XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4434 gpointer old_icon_name = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4435 XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4436 gtk_label_set_text (GTK_LABEL (wlbl), label); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4437 if (stock_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4438 (! old_stock_name || strcmp (old_stock_name, stock_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4439 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4440 gtk_image_set_from_stock (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4441 stock_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4442 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4443 (gpointer) xstrdup (stock_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4444 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4445 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4446 NULL); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4447 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4448 NULL); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4449 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4450 else if (icon_name && |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4451 (! old_icon_name || strcmp (old_icon_name, icon_name) != 0)) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4452 { |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4453 gtk_image_set_from_icon_name (GTK_IMAGE (wimage), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4454 icon_name, icon_size); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4455 g_object_set_data_full (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4456 (gpointer) xstrdup (icon_name), |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4457 (GDestroyNotify) xfree); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4458 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4459 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4460 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4461 NULL); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4462 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4463 else if (img && old_img != img->pixmap) |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4464 { |
109141
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
4465 (void) xg_get_image_for_pixmap (f, img, x->widget, |
fa173b9bd9ce
Fix some bad prototypes and formatting after conversion from K&R declaration.
Jan D <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109139
diff
changeset
|
4466 GTK_IMAGE (wimage)); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4467 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DATA, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4468 (gpointer)img->pixmap); |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4469 |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4470 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_STOCK_NAME, |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4471 NULL); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4472 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (wimage), XG_TOOL_BAR_ICON_NAME, |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4473 NULL); |
78721
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4474 } |
a888c5a82ba5
(file_for_image, find_rtl_image): New functions.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
78690
diff
changeset
|
4475 |
59084
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4476 gtk_misc_set_padding (GTK_MISC (wimage), hmargin, vmargin); |
6a0b8f23858b
* gtkutil.c (update_frame_tool_bar): Make the value of
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
58818
diff
changeset
|
4477 |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4478 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (wbutton, enabled_p); |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4479 } |
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4480 xg_show_toolbar_item (ti); |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49572
diff
changeset
|
4481 |
49323 | 4482 #undef PROP |
4483 } | |
4484 | |
4485 /* Remove buttons not longer needed. We just hide them so they | |
4486 can be reused later on. */ | |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4487 do |
49323 | 4488 { |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4489 ti = gtk_toolbar_get_nth_item (GTK_TOOLBAR (wtoolbar), i++); |
74990
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4490 if (ti) gtk_widget_hide_all (GTK_WIDGET (ti)); |
de706755c4d7
(xg_tool_bar_button_cb): Save last modifier on widget.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
74376
diff
changeset
|
4491 } while (ti != NULL); |
49323 | 4492 |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4493 if (f->n_tool_bar_items != 0) |
49323 | 4494 { |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4495 if (pack_tool_bar) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4496 xg_pack_tool_bar (f, f->tool_bar_position); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4497 gtk_widget_show (x->toolbar_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4498 gtk_widget_show (x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4499 if (xg_update_tool_bar_sizes (f)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4500 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
49323 | 4501 } |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4502 |
49323 | 4503 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4504 } | |
4505 | |
57715
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4506 /* Deallocate all resources for the tool bar on frame F. |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4507 Remove the tool bar. */ |
cdc48cdd5b0e
* gtkutil.c: Put empty line between comment and function body.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
57597
diff
changeset
|
4508 |
49323 | 4509 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4510 free_frame_tool_bar (FRAME_PTR f) |
49323 | 4511 { |
4512 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; | |
4513 | |
4514 if (x->toolbar_widget) | |
4515 { | |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4516 int is_packed = x->handlebox_widget != 0; |
49323 | 4517 BLOCK_INPUT; |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4518 /* We may have created the toolbar_widget in xg_create_tool_bar, but |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4519 not the x->handlebox_widget which is created in xg_pack_tool_bar. */ |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4520 if (is_packed) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4521 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4522 if (x->toolbar_in_hbox) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4523 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->hbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4524 x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4525 else |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4526 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4527 x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4528 } |
93030
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4529 else |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4530 gtk_widget_destroy (x->toolbar_widget); |
d38f7962c052
(free_frame_tool_bar): Only call gtk_container_remove if
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
92366
diff
changeset
|
4531 |
49323 | 4532 x->toolbar_widget = 0; |
4533 x->handlebox_widget = 0; | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4534 FRAME_TOOLBAR_TOP_HEIGHT (f) = FRAME_TOOLBAR_BOTTOM_HEIGHT (f) = 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4535 FRAME_TOOLBAR_LEFT_WIDTH (f) = FRAME_TOOLBAR_RIGHT_WIDTH (f) = 0; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4536 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4537 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
103665
340c701162a6
* emacs.c (USAGE3, standard_args): Add -mm and --maximized.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
103198
diff
changeset
|
4538 |
49323 | 4539 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
4540 } | |
4541 } | |
4542 | |
109581
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4543 int |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4544 xg_change_toolbar_position (FRAME_PTR f, Lisp_Object pos) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4545 { |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4546 struct x_output *x = f->output_data.x; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4547 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4548 if (! x->toolbar_widget || ! x->handlebox_widget) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4549 return 1; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4550 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4551 BLOCK_INPUT; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4552 g_object_ref (x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4553 if (x->toolbar_in_hbox) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4554 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->hbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4555 x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4556 else |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4557 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (x->vbox_widget), |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4558 x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4559 xg_pack_tool_bar (f, pos); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4560 g_object_unref (x->handlebox_widget); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4561 if (xg_update_tool_bar_sizes (f)) |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4562 xg_height_or_width_changed (f); |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4563 |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4564 UNBLOCK_INPUT; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4565 return 1; |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4566 } |
06384b3caebf
Add ability to put Gtk+ tool bar on the left/right/bottom or top. Default top.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
109566
diff
changeset
|
4567 |
49323 | 4568 |
4569 | |
4570 /*********************************************************************** | |
4571 Initializing | |
108024
4d8277a44bb4
Gtk tool bars can be text, icons with text or just icons.
Jan D. <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
107997
diff
changeset
|
4572 ***********************************************************************/ |
49323 | 4573 void |
109126
aec1143e8d85
Convert (most) functions in src to standard C.
Dan Nicolaescu <dann@ics.uci.edu>
parents:
109100
diff
changeset
|
4574 xg_initialize (void) |
49323 | 4575 { |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4576 GtkBindingSet *binding_set; |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4577 |
75417
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4578 #if HAVE_XFT |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4579 /* Work around a bug with corrupted data if libXft gets unloaded. This way |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4580 we keep it permanently linked in. */ |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4581 XftInit (0); |
c21d47d727f3
(xg_initialize): Call XftInit if HAVE_XFT.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
75348
diff
changeset
|
4582 #endif |
84621 | 4583 |
4584 gdpy_def = NULL; | |
49323 | 4585 xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar = 0; |
52981
54482f5ea7be
Remove tear off capability for GTK popup menus.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
4586 xg_detached_menus = 0; |
49323 | 4587 xg_menu_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_cb_list.next = |
4588 xg_menu_item_cb_list.prev = xg_menu_item_cb_list.next = 0; | |
4589 | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4590 id_to_widget.max_size = id_to_widget.used = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4591 id_to_widget.widgets = 0; |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4592 |
49323 | 4593 /* Remove F10 as a menu accelerator, it does not mix well with Emacs key |
4594 bindings. It doesn't seem to be any way to remove properties, | |
4595 so we set it to VoidSymbol which in X means "no key". */ | |
4596 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), | |
4597 "gtk-menu-bar-accel", | |
4598 "VoidSymbol", | |
4599 EMACS_CLASS); | |
49419
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4600 |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4601 /* Make GTK text input widgets use Emacs style keybindings. This is |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4602 Emacs after all. */ |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4603 gtk_settings_set_string_property (gtk_settings_get_default (), |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4604 "gtk-key-theme-name", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4605 "Emacs", |
6562bb5f04aa
gtkutil.c (xg_initialize): Initialize id_to_widget here instead
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
49359
diff
changeset
|
4606 EMACS_CLASS); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4607 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4608 /* Make dialogs close on C-g. Since file dialog inherits from |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4609 dialog, this works for them also. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4610 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref (GTK_TYPE_DIALOG)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4611 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4612 "close", 0); |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4613 |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4614 /* Make menus close on C-g. */ |
103022
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4615 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (g_type_class_ref |
15bf0d8a6099
Make Emacs compile when Gtk+ and -DGTK_DISABLE_DEPRECATED is used.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
102705
diff
changeset
|
4616 (GTK_TYPE_MENU_SHELL)); |
59102
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4617 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_g, GDK_CONTROL_MASK, |
0096c58ce34a
* xmenu.c (popup_get_selection): Pop down on C-g.
Jan Djärv <jan.h.d@swipnet.se>
parents:
59084
diff
changeset
|
4618 "cancel", 0); |
49323 | 4619 } |
4620 | |
4621 #endif /* USE_GTK */ | |
52401 | 4622 |
4623 /* arch-tag: fe7104da-bc1e-4aba-9bd1-f349c528f7e3 | |
4624 (do not change this comment) */ |